skf_h3040
SKF Maintenance and
Lubrication Products
Dismounting
Basic
condition
monitoring
Alignment
Buy a bearing
Mounting
Lubrication
Extending the Bearing Life Cycle
Mounting & dismounting
Mechanical tools
Heating tools
Hydraulic tools
10
38
48
Instruments
Alignment74
Basic condition monitoring
88
Lubrication
Lubricants120
Storage tools
156
Transfer tools
158
Manual grease dispensing tools
159
Automatic grease dispensing tools
164
Oil dispensing & inspection
175
Lubrication analysis tools
178
Lubrication software
180
1
The SKF Bearing Life Cycle
Help your bearing achieve its maximum service life
Every bearing has a certain service life potential. However, research has shown that, for
various reasons, not every bearing achieves it. Important stages which have a major impact
on a bearing service life can be recognised during the bearing’s lifecycle. These stages are
mounting, lubrication, alignment, basic condition monitoring and dismounting.
The stages in a bearing life cycle are extremely important for achieving the maximum
service life of the bearing. By applying the right maintenance practices and using the correct
tools, you can considerably extend your bearing’s service life and increase plant productivity
and efficiency.
Mounting
Lubrication
Includes mechanical fitting tools,
induction heaters and hydraulic
equipment
Includes bearing greases, manual and
automatic lubricators and lubrication
accessories
Mounting is one of the critical stages of the bearing’s lifecycle. If the
bearing is not mounted properly using the correct method and tools,
the bearing’s service lifetime will be reduced. Individual applications
may require mechanical, heat or hydraulic mounting methods for
correct and efficient bearing mounting. Selecting the correct mounting
technique for your application will help you extend your bearing’s
service life and reduce costs resulting from premature bearing failure,
as well as potential damage to the application.
Alignment
Basic condition monitoring
Includes shaft and belt alignment tools
and machinery shims
Includes temperature, sound, visual
inspection, speed, electrical discharge
and vibration measuring instruments
After the bearing has been mounted in an application such as a motor
connected to a pump, the application should be aligned. If the application
is not properly aligned, the misalignment can cause the bearing to suffer
additional load, friction and vibration. These can accelerate fatigue and
reduce the bearing’s, as well as other machine components, service life.
Furthermore, increased vibration and friction can significantly increase
energy consumption and the risk of premature failures.
2
Correct bearing lubrication is an essential step in reaching the bearing’s
service lifetime. It is important to select grease suitable for the bearing’s
application, and to apply the correct quantity before commissioning the
bearing. During operation, the bearing will require periodic relubrication.
The right quantity of the right grease applied at the right intervals is
essential to achieving optimum bearing performance and maximum
service life. Using manual relubrication methods is common practice;
however, continuous relubrication offers many advantages. Continuous
relubrication can be performed by using automatic lubricators, which
provide a more consistent, correct and contamination-free grease supply.
During operation, it is important to regularly inspect the condition of
the bearing by performing basic condition monitoring measurements.
These regular inspections will allow the detection of potential problems
and help to prevent unexpected machine stops. Consequently, the
machine maintenance can be planned to suit the production schedule,
increasing the plant’s productivity and efficiency.
Dismounting
Basic
condition
monitoring
Alignment
Buy a bearing
Mounting
Lubrication
Dismounting
Includes pullers, both mechanical and
hydraulic, induction heaters and
hydraulic equipment
At some point, the bearing will reach the end of its service life and will
have to be replaced. Although the bearing may not be used again, it is
extremely important to dismount it correctly so that the service life of
the replacement bearing is not compromised. Firstly, the use of proper
dismounting methods tools will help prevent damage to other machine
components, such as the shaft and housing, which are often re-used.
Secondly, incorrect dismounting techniques can be hazardous to
maintenance personnel.
Inside this catalogue, you will find SKF’s complete range of
maintenance products which can help you get the maximum
service life from your bearings. For more information about
SKF maintenance products or to order any of these products,
please contact your local SKF authorised distributor or SKF sales
company. On the Internet, SKF can be found at www.skf.com.
SKF Maintenance Products can be found at www.mapro.skf.com.
3
Prevent over 60% of premature bearing failures
16%
Poor fitting
36%
Poor lubrication
14%
Contamination
34%
Fatigue
Around 16% of all premature bearing failures are caused by poor fitting
(usually brute force...) and maintenance personnel being unaware of the
availability of the correct fitting tools. Individual installations may require
mechanical, hydraulic or heat application methods for correct and efficient mounting or
dismounting. SKF offers a complete range of tools and equipment to make these tasks easier,
quicker and more cost effective, backed up by a wealth of service engineering know-how.
Professional fitting, using specialised tools and techniques, is another positive step towards
achieving maximum machine uptime.
Although ‘sealed-for-life’ bearings can be fitted and forgotten, some 36%
of premature bearing failures are caused by incorrect specification and
inadequate application of the lubricant. Inevitably, any bearing deprived
of proper lubrication will fail long before its normal service life. Because bearings are usually
the least accessible components of machinery, neglected lubrication frequently compounds the
problem. Wherever manual maintenance is not feasible, fully automatic lubrication systems can
be specified by SKF for optimum lubrication. Effective lubrication and using only recommended
SKF greases, tools and techniques helps to significantly reduce downtime.
A bearing is a precision component that will not operate efficiently unless
both the bearing and its lubricants are isolated from contamination. And,
since sealed-for-life bearings in ready-greased variants account for only a
small proportion of all bearings in use, at least 14% of all premature bearing failures are
attributed to contamination problems. SKF has an unrivalled bearing manufacturing and design
capability and can tailor sealing solutions for the most arduous operating environments.
Whenever machines are overloaded, incorrectly serviced or neglected,
bearings suffer from the consequences, resulting in 34% of all premature
bearing failures. Sudden or unexpected failure can be avoided, since
neglected or overstressed bearings emit ‘early warning’ signals which can be detected and
interpreted using SKF condition monitoring equipment. The SKF range includes hand-held
instruments, hard-wired systems and data management software for periodic or continuous
monitoring of key operating parameters.
4
SKF methods and tools
Bearing
arrangements
Cylindrical seating
Mounting tools
Mechanical
Hydraulic Oil injection
Dismounting tools
Heaters
Mechanical
Hydraulic Oil injection
Heaters
Small
bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Cylindrical roller
bearing types NU, NJ,
NUP, all sizes
Tapered seating
Small
bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Adapter sleeve
Small
bearings
*
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Withdrawal sleeve
Small
bearings
Medium
bearings
Large
bearings
Small bearings: bore diameter <80 mm / Medium bearings: bore diameter 80–200 mm / Large bearings: bore diameter >200 mm / * Only for self-aligning ball bearings.
Jaw
puller
page 22
Bearing
separator
page 26
Hydraulic
puller
page 23
Fitting
tool
page 10
Hook
spanner
page 13
Impact
spanner
page 16
Hydraulic nut
and pump
page 52
Drive-up
Method
page 50
Oil Injection
Method
page 48
Hot plate
induction
heater
page 40
Aluminium
ring,
EAZ heater
page 44
5
6
Mechanical tools
Heating tools
SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36
10
SKF Hook Spanners HN series
12
SKF Adjustable Hook Spanners HNA series
13
SKF Hook Spanners HN ../SNL series
14
SKF Axial Lock Nut Sockets TMFS series
15
SKF Impact Spanners TMFN series
16
SKF Bearing Lock Nut Spanner TMHN 7 series
17
SKF Combi Kit TMMK 10-35
18
SKF Mechanical pullers TMMA series 20
SKF Hydraulic pullers TMMA ..H series 20
SKF Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series
21
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers TMMP series
22
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers TMMP series
22
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers TMHP series
23
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit TMHP 10E
24
SKF Reversible Jaw Puller TMMR F series
25
SKF Strong Back Pullers TMBS E series
26
26
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit TMHC 110E
SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E
28
SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100
29
SKF Internal Bearing Puller Kits TMIP series
31
Accessories34
SKF Portable induction heater TMBH 1 40
SKF Induction Heater TIH 030m 40
SKF Induction Heater TIH 100m
40
SKF Induction Heater TIH 220m
41
SKF Induction Heater TIH L series
41
SKF Multi-core induction heaters TIH MC series
43
SKF Electric Hot Plate 729659 C
44
SKF Aluminium Heating Rings TMBR series
44
SKF Fixed Induction Heaters EAZ series 45
SKF Adjustable Induction Heaters EAZ series 46
Accessories47
Hydraulic tools
Accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and
CARB toroidal roller bearings
50
SKF Hydraulic Nut Drive-up Adapter HMVA 42/200
51
SKF Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series
52
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 50
58
SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124
58
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100
59
SKF Hydraulic Pump 728619 E
59
SKF Oil Injector 226400 E series
60
SKF Oil Injection Kits 729101 series
61
SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series
61
SKF Air-driven Hydraulic Pumps and Injectors THAP E series 62
SKF Pressure Gauges
63
Accessories64
Mounting & dismounting
Mechanical tools
Heating tools
Hydraulic tools
10
38
48
Induction
heaters
Pullers
SKF
Oil Injection
Method
Hook
spanners
7
Mounting and dismounting
Mounting
Around 16% of all premature bearing failures are a result of poor fitting or
using incorrect mounting techniques. Individual applications may require
mechanical, heat or hydraulic mounting methods for correct and efficient
bearing mounting. Selecting the correct mounting technique for your
application will help you extend your bearing’s service life and reduce
costs resulting from premature bearing failure, as well as potential damage
to the application.
Mounting bearings in a cold condition
Mounting bearings using hydraulic techniques
Small and medium size bearings are generally cold mounted.
Traditionally, the bearing is mounted using a hammer and a length of
old pipe. This practice can cause forces to be transmitted through the
rolling elements, resulting in damage to the raceways. SKF’s fitting tool
helps prevent bearing damage by applying the forces to the bearing ring
with the interference fit.
SKF has pioneered the use of hydraulic techniques, such as the SKF Oil
Injection Method and the SKF Drive-up Method, for mounting bearings.
These techniques have helped to simplify bearing arrangements and
facilitate correct and easy mounting. SKF has also developed a
comprehensive range of tools and equipment to put these hydraulic
techniques into effect.
Mounting bearings using heat
Oil baths are often used for heating bearings prior to mounting.
However, this method can contaminate the bearing, resulting in
premature bearing failure. Today, induction heating is the most common
technique for heating bearings since it allows a high degree of
controllability, efficiency and safety. SKF has set the standards for the
development of induction heaters for bearing applications. SKF bearing
induction heaters are equipped with many features, which help prevent
bearing damage during heating.
8
Dismounting
When dismounting bearings, care must be taken not to damage other machine
components, such as the shaft or housing, as damage can compromise the
machine’s efficiency and lifetime. Bearings are sometimes dismounted to
maintain or replace other components of the machine. These bearings are
often re-used. Selecting the correct dismounting methods and tools is then
essential in reducing the risk of personal injuries and reducing the risk of
damaging the bearing, thus allowing it to be used again. Individual applications
may require mechanical, heat or hydraulic dismounting methods and tools to
allow safe, correct and efficient bearing dismounting.
Mechanical dismounting
Dismounting bearings using hydraulic techniques
Choosing the right puller for the job is critical. The puller type, and its
maximum withdrawal capacity are crucial for completing any dismounting
job safely and easily. Puller overload can result in breakage of the puller’s
arms and/or beam and therefore should be avoided. This breakage can
damage the bearing or shaft and can cause personal injury. In general,
it is recommended to use a three-arm puller rather than a two-arm
puller as the three-arm puller is more stable. Whenever possible, apply
the withdrawal force to the ring with the interference fit. SKF offers a
complete range of easy-to-use mechanical, hydraulic and hydraulicallyassisted bearing pullers for use in many bearing applications.
The SKF hydraulic techniques are often the preferred method for
dismounting larger bearings as well as other components. These
techniques, which employ hydraulic pumps, nuts and oil injectors,
allow the application of substantial forces to dismount bearings or
other components.
Dismounting using heat
The inner rings of cylindrical roller bearings generally have a tight
interference fit, which requires high forces to dismount. In such cases,
using a puller can cause damage to the shaft and ring, which can be
hazardous to the operator. Using heating equipment facilitates easy and
quick dismounting while reducing the risk of damage to the ring and
shaft. SKF offers a range of heating equipment, which includes
aluminium heating rings as well as adjustable and fixed induction
heaters, for dismounting cylindrical roller bearing inner rings.
Online mounting and dismounting instructions
At skf.com/mount, SKF offers a unique web-based, free of charge
information service for the mounting and dismounting of SKF bearings
and bearing housings in 13 languages.
This service provides step-by-step instructions for mounting and
dismounting. The system also provides information on proper tools and
lubricants. With this free internet service, SKF’s expertise is at your
fingertips around the clock worldwide.
9
Mechanical mounting
Helps prevent premature bearing failures
SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36
Poor fitting, usually using brute force, accounts for 16% of premature bearing
failures. The SKF Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36 is designed for quick and
precise mounting of bearings, while minimising the risk of bearing damage.
The right combination of impact ring and sleeve allows effective transmission
of mounting force to the bearing ring with the interference fit, minimising the
risk of damaging the bearing’s raceways or rolling elements. The kit contains 36
impact rings, 3 impact sleeves and a dead-blow hammer packed in a lightweight
carrying case. In addition to mounting bearings, the SKF TMFT 36 is also
suitable for mounting other components such as bushings, seals and pulleys.
• 36 impact rings in different sizes facilitate
the mounting of more than 400 different
bearings
• Facilitates correct mounting on shaft,
housing and blind applications
• The diameter of the impact ring precisely fits
the inner and outer diameter of the bearing
• Small diameter of the impact area on top of
the sleeve allows effective transmission and
distribution of mounting force
• Impact rings and sleeves are made of highimpact resistant material for longevity
• Click connection between impact ring and
sleeve provides stability and durability
• The impact rings are suitable for use under
a press
• Impact rings are marked for clear visual
identification of the ring’s size and easy
selection
• Even surface of the impact sleeve’s body
provides excellent grip
• The nylon double-side head of the deadblow hammer helps to prevent damaging
the components
• The rubber handgrip of the dead-blow
hammer provides excellent grip
Technical data
Designation
TMFT 36
Impact rings
Bore diameter
Outer diameter
10–55 mm (0.39–2.1 in.)
26–120 mm (1.02–4.7 in.)
Sleeves
Maximum shaft length
Hammer
10
Sleeve A: 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Sleeve B: 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Sleeve C: 225 mm (8.9 in.)
TMFT 36-H, weight 0,9 kg (2.0 lb)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 110 ™ 360 mm (20.9 ™ 4.3 ™ 14.2 in.)
Number of rings
36
Number of sleeves
3
Weight
(including carrying case)
4,4 kg (9.7 lb)
SKF TMFT 36 is suitable for SKF Bearing series
60..
63..
63/..
16..
62..
64..
62/..
98..
622..
623..
630..
12..
13..
22..
23..
72..
73..
32..
33..
52..
53 ..
213..
223..
222..
BS2-22..
10..
2..
22..
23..
3..
30..
31..
32..
33..
C22..
C40..
C60..
42..
43..
6001 - 6011
62200 – 62211 1200 – 1211
7200 – 7211
3200 – 3211
21305 – 21311 1005 – 1011
30203 – 30211 C 2205 – C 2211 4200 – 4211
6200 – 6211
62300 – 62311 129
7301 - 7311
3302 – 3311
22205/20
30302 – 30311 C 4010
629
63000 - 63010
202 – 211
1301 – 1311
5200 – 5211
22205 – 22211 2203 – 2211
31305 - 31311
6300 – 6311
2200 – 2211
5302 – 5311
22308 – 22311 303 – 311
32004 – 32011
6403 – 6409
2301 – 2311
B52-2206 –
B52-2211
32008/38
62/22
2304 - 2311
4301 - 4311
C 6006
32205 – 32211
62/28
32303 – 32311
63/22
32307/37
63/28
33205 – 33211
16002 – 16011
33010 – 33011
16100 – 16101
358X
98203 - 98206
JLM 104948
JM 205149
Interference fits on cylindrical shafts
Most bearings are fitted to their shaft or housing with one
component having an interference fit. For determining
the correct fit, refer to the SKF General Catalogue, the
SKF Maintenance Handbook or consult an SKF
application engineer.
Shaft interference fit
Housing interference fit
Incorrect mounting
When bearings are mounted cold, care must be taken to ensure
the drive-up forces are applied to the ring with the interference fit.
Damage to the bearing resulting in a failure can occur if the
mounting force is transmitted through the rolling elements
causing damage to the raceways.
Uneven distribution of forces can result in raceway damage
Correct mounting
The correct way to minimise raceway damage is to use specifically
designed tools from SKF, such as the Bearing Fitting Tool Kit TMFT 36
and Combi Kit TMMK 10-35. These tools allow drive-up forces to be
applied effectively and evenly to the component with the interference
fit, avoiding raceway damage.
With the correct tools, raceway damage is avoided
11
Spanners and sockets
Interference fits on tapered shafts
Bearings mounted on tapered seatings achieve their interference fit by being driven up
the tapered shaft. Care should be taken to ensure the bearing is not driven up too far,
as all the internal clearance may be removed and damage to the bearing is possible.
Incorrect mounting
Bearing driven up too far and all clearance removed;
damage possible.
Correct mounting
Bearing driven up the correct distance and the right clearance
is achieved.
The comprehensive range of SKF spanner and sockets are used to tighten and loosen
many types and sizes of bearing lock nuts, for bearings mounted directly on a shaft or
on sleeves.
Exact spanner radius reduces the risk of nut damage
SKF Hook Spanners HN series
• Minimises the risk of shaft and nut damage
• Plastic handle is oil, grease and dirt resistant to provide a better grip
• The plastic handle minimises direct metal to skin contact, reducing
the risk of corrosion in the handle area
• Spanner designation is laser-engraved allowing for easy identification
and selection
• Available as a set: SKF HN 4-16/SET containing 9 spanners for lock
nut sizes 4 up to 16
Contents SKF HN 4-16/SET
12
HN 4
HN 8-9
HN 14
HN 5-6
HN 10-11
HN 15
HN 7
HN 12-13
HN 16
Selection chart – HN series
Designation
Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
KM
N
HN 0
0
0
0
HN 1
1
1
1
HN 2-3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
0
M10™1, M12™1,5
HN 4
4
4
4
4
1, 2
M14™1,5, M16™1,5
HN 5-6
5, 6
5, 6
5, 6
5, 6
3, 4, 5
M22™1,5, M24™1,5, M26™1,5
HN 7
7
7
7
7
6, 7
M28™1,5, M30™1,5, M32™1,5, M35™1,5
HN 8-9
8, 9
8, 9
8, 9
8, 9
8
M38™1,5, M40™1,5, M42™1,5
HN 10-11
10, 11
10, 11
10, 11
10, 11
9, 10
M45™1,5, M48™1,5, M50™1,5
HN 12-13
12, 13
12, 13
12, 13
12, 13
11, 12
M52™1,5, M55™1,5, M58™1,5, M60™1,5
HN 14
14
14
14
14
HN 15
15
15
15
15
13, 14
M62™1,5, M65™1,5, M68™1,5, M70™1,5
HN 16
16
16
16
16
15
HN 17
17
17
17
17
16
HN 18-20
18, 19, 20
18, 19, 20
18, 19, 20
18, 19, 20
17, 18, 19
M80™2, M85™2, M90™2
HN 21-22
21, 22
21, 22
21, 22
20, 22
M95™2, M100™2
AN
KMK
KMFE
KMT
DIN 1804 (M)
M6™0,75, M8™1
M72™1,5, M75™1,5,
Technical data – HN series
Designation
Spanner design
DIN 1810
Outer diameter lock nut
mm
mm
in.
16–20
0.6–0.8
HN 12-13
HN 0
Designation
Spanner design
DIN 1810
Outer diameter lock nut
mm
mm
in.
Ø80–Ø90
80–90
3.1–3.5
92
3.6
95–100
3.7–3.9
105
4.1
HN 1
Ø20–Ø22
20–22
0.8–0.9
HN 14
HN 2-3
Ø25–Ø28
25–28
1.0–1.1
HN 15
HN 4
Ø30–Ø32
30–32
1.2–1.3
HN 16
38–45
1.5–1.8
HN 17
Ø110–Ø115
110–115
4.3–4.5
52–55
2.0–2.2
HN 18-20
Ø120–Ø130
120–130
4.7–5.1
58–65
2.3–2.6
HN 21-22
Ø135–Ø145
135–145
5.3–5.7
68–75
2.7–3.0
HN 5-6
HN 7
Ø52–Ø55
HN 8-9
HN 10-11
Ø68–Ø75
Ø95–Ø100
Four sizes for tightening or loosening up to 24 nut sizes
SKF Adjustable Hook Spanners HNA series
• One hook spanner covers several nut sizes, making it suitable for use
with many applications
• Economic solution: 4 hook spanners cover a wide range of nut sizes
• Laser engraved designation, which represents the range of nut sizes
covered by each spanner, allows easy selection of the correct spanner
• Versatile: suitable for a wide selection of lock nuts
• Minimises the risk of shaft and nut damage
Selection chart and technical data – HNA series
Designation
Outer diameter lock nut
HNA 1-4
mm
20–35
in.
0.8–1.4
Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
KM
KML
1–4
N
AN
2–4
KMK
KMFE
KMT
0–4
4
0–2
HNA 5-8
35–60
1.4–2.4
5–8
5–8
5–8
5–8
3–7
HNA 9-13
60–90
2.4–3.5
9–13
9–13
9–13
9–13
8–12
HNA 14-24
90–150
3.5–6.1
14–24
14–20
14–24
13–24
24–26
14–24
13
Easy and quick bearing mounting and dismounting in SNL housings
SKF Hook Spanners HN ../SNL series
• Unique design allows the SKF HN ../SNL series to be used inside
SKF SNL, FSNL, SNH and SE bearing housings
• Suitable for tightening and loosening a wide selection of lock nuts,
facilitating their use in a wide range of housing and shaft applications
• The large contact area of the spanner around the nut provides
excellent grip and force transmission
• Exact fit reduces the risk of shaft, nut and housing damage
Selection chart and technical data
Designation
Outer diameter
lock nut
Suitable for SKF housings
Suitable for the following series of SKF lock nuts
mm
in.
SNL / FSNL / SNH / SE
KM
KMK*
KMFE
KMT*
HN 5/SNL
38
1.50
505, 506–605
5
5
5
5
5
HN 6/SNL
45
1.77
506–605, 507–606
6
6
6
6
6
HN 7/SNL
52
2.05
507–606, 508–607
7
7
7
7
7
HN 8/SNL
58
2.28
508–607, 510–608
8
8
8
8
8
HN 9/SNL
65
2.56
509, 511–609
9
9
9
9
9
HN 10/SNL
70
2.76
510–608, 512–610
10
10
10
10
10
HN 11/SNL
75
2.95
511–609, 513–611
11
11
11
11
11
HN 12/SNL
80
3.15
512–610, 515–612
12
12
12
12
12
HN 13/SNL
85
3.35
513–611, 516–613
13
13
13
13
13
HN 15/SNL
98
3.86
515–612, 518–615
15
15
15
15
15
HN 16/SNL
105
4.13
516–613, 519–616
16
16
16
16
16
HN 17/SNL
110
4.33
517, 520–617
17
17
17
17
17
HN 18/SNL
120
4.72
518–615
18
18
18
18
18
HN 19/SNL
125
4.92
519–616, 522–619
19
19
19
19
19
HN 20/SNL
130
5.12
520–617, 524–620
20
22
20, 21
20
20
20
HN 22/SNL
145
5.71
522–619
22
24
24
22
22
22
HN 24/SNL
155
6.10
524–620
24
26
26
24
24
24
HN 26/SNL
165
6.50
526
26
28
28
26
26
26
KML
N*
HN 28/SNL
180
7.09
528
28
30
30
HN 30/SNL
195
7.68
530
30
32
34
HN 32/SNL
210
8.27
532
32
* Not recommended for use in combination with SNL/SNH housing
14
36
AN*
30
32
Easy mounting and dismounting without nut damage
SKF Axial Lock Nut Sockets TMFS series
• Requires less space around the bearing arrangement than
hook spanners
• Inch connections for power tools or torque wrenches
• SKF TMFS fits nuts of series KM, KMK (metric) and KMF
• Special versions are available on request
Selection chart and technical data
Designation
Suitable for nuts of series
Dimensions
KM,
KMK
Outer diameter
lock nut
KMFE
DIN 1804 (M)
Connection
Outer diameter
socket
Effective height
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
in.
TMFS 0
0
18
0.7
22,0
0.9
45
1.8
3/8
TMFS 1
1
22
0.9
28,0
1.1
45
1.8
3/8
TMFS 2
2
M10™1
25
1.0
33,0
1.3
61
2.4
1/2
TMFS 3
3
M12™1,5
28
1.1
36,0
1.4
61
2.4
1/2
TMFS 4
4
4
M16™1,5
32
1.3
38,0
1.5
58
2.3
1/2
TMFS 5
5
5
38
1.5
46,0
1.8
58
2.3
1/2
TMFS 6
6
6
M26™1,5
45
1.8
53,0
2.1
58
2.3
1/2
TMFS 7
7
7
M32™1,5
52
2.0
60,0
2.4
58
2.3
1/2
TMFS 8
8
8
M38™1,5
58
2.3
68,0
2.7
58
2.3
1/2
TMFS 9
9
9
65
2.6
73,5
2.9
63
2.5
3/4
TMFS 10
10
10
70
2.8
78,5
3.1
63
2.5
3/4
TMFS 11
11
11
M48™1,5, M50™1,5
75
3.0
83,5
3.3
63
2.5
3/4
TMFS 12
12
12
M52™1,5, M55™1,5
80
3.1
88,5
3.5
63
2.5
3/4
TMFS 13
13
13
85
3.3
94,0
3.7
63
2.5
3/4
TMFS 14
14
14
92
3.6
103,0
4.1
80
3.2
1
TMFS 15
15
15
98
3.9
109,0
4.3
80
3.2
1
TMFS 16
16
16
TMFS 17
17
17
105
4.1
116,0
4.6
80
3.2
1
M72™1,5, M75™1,5
110
4.3
121,0
4.8
80
3.2
1
TMFS 18
18
18
120
4.7
131,0
5.2
80
3.2
1
TMFS 19
19
19
M85™2
125
4.9
137,0
5.5
80
3.2
1
TMFS 20
20
20
M90™2
130
5.1
143,0
5.7
80
3.2
1
15
High impact forces without nut damage
SKF Impact Spanners TMFN series
•
•
•
•
•
•
Helps avoid shaft and nut damage
Safe and user friendly
Impact applied effectively to the nut
Suitable for a wide selection of lock nuts
Special wide impact face
To be used in combination with a hammer
Suitable for nuts of series
Designation
KMT ..
KM ..
KML ..
KMFE .. HM .. (HM .. E)
AN ..
N ..
DIN 1804 (M)
TMFN 23-30
26 – 30
23 – 31
26 – 32
24 – 28
AN22 – AN28
N022 – N032
M105x2–M130x3
TMFN 30-40
32 – 40
32 – 40
34 – 40
30 – 38
AN30 – AN38
N034 – N040
AN40
N044 – N052
TMFN 40-52
40
HM .. T
3044 – 3052
42 – 48
TMFN 52-64
3056 – 3064
3160
TMFN 64-80
3068 – 3084
3164 – 3176
TMFN 80-500
3088 – 3096
3180 – 3196
TMFN 500-600
30/530 – 30/630 31/500 – 31/560
N530 – N630
TMFN 600-750
30/670 – 30/800 31/600 – 31/750
N670 – N800
50, 52, 56
M140x3–M180x3
N44
M190x3, M200x3
N056 – N064
N068 – N084
30/500
N088 – N096
N500
Suitable for adapter sleeves
Designation
H 23..
H 30..
H 31..
TMFN 23-30
H2324 – H2332L
H3024E – H3032
H3124 – H3130L
H3926 – H3932
TMFN 30-40
H2332 – H2340
H3030E, H3034 – H3040
H3132 – H3140L
H3934 – H3940
TMFN 40-52
OH2344H, OH2348H
OH3044H – OH3052H
H3144H(HTL) – H3152HTL
TMFN 52-64
OH2352H, OH2356H
OH3056H – OH3064H
OH3152H – OH3160H
OH3260H
OH3956H – OH3964H
TMFN 64-80
OH3068 H – OH3084H
OH3164H – OH3176H(E)
OH3264H – OH3276 H
OH3968H – OH3984H(E)
TMFN 80-500
OH30/500H,
OH3080H – 3096H
OH3180H(E) – OH3196H(E)
OH3280H – OH3296 H
OH39/500H(E),
OH3988H – OH3996H(E)
TMFN 500-600
OH30/530H – OH30/630H
OH31/530H – OH31/560H(E)
OH32/500H – OH32/560H
OH39/530H(E) – OH39/630H(E)
TMFN 600-750
OH30/670H – OH30/800H(E)
OH31/600H – OH31/750H(E)
OH32/600H – OH32/750H
OH39/670H(E) – OH39/800H(E)
H32
H39
H3944H – H3952H
Technical data
Designation
Lock nut outer diameter
Weight spanner
TMFN 23-30
150–190 mm (5.9–7.5 in.)
1,10 kg (2.3 lb)
TMFN 30-40
195–245 mm (7.7–9.6 in.)
1,80 kg (4.0 lb)
TMFN 40-52
250–310 mm (9.8–12.2 in.)
3,10 kg (6.9 lb)
TMFN 52-64
320–385 mm (12.6–15.2 in.)
3,70 kg (8.1 lb)
TMFN 64-80
400–495 mm (15.7–19.5 in.)
4,30 kg (9.5 lb)
TMFN 80-500
520–620 mm (20.5–24.4 in.)
6,90 kg (15.2 lb)
TMFN 500-600
630–735 mm (24.8–28.9 in.)
8,50 kg (18.8 lb)
TMFN 600-750
750–950 mm (29.5–37.4 in.)
11,00 kg (24.3 lb)
16
TMFN 23-30 and TMFN 30-40
Other sizes TMFN impact spanners
For achieving the correct radial clearance
SKF Bearing Lock Nut Spanner TMHN 7 series
The SKF TMHN 7 set of lock nut spanners is especially designed for mounting
self-aligning ball bearings as well as small spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings on tapered seatings. Using the SKF TMHN 7, minimises the
risk of over-tightening of the lock nut, which can remove the bearing’s radial
clearance resulting in bearing damage.
• 7 different-sized spanners to fit nut sizes 5 to 11
• Each spanner is equipped with a protractor and is clearly marked with
the correct tightening angle for mounting SKF Self aligning ball bearings
• 4 grip points on each spanner provide a better and safer grip on the nut
• Reduced risk of damaging bearing by over-tightening
• Suitable for use with lock nuts of the KM series either on shaft or in
SNL housings
TMHN 7 is suitable for use with:
Technical data
Bearing designation
Designation
TMHN 7
1205 EK–1211 EK
Carrying case dimensions
340 ™ 250 ™ 80 mm
(13.4 ™ 9.8 ™ 3.1 in.)
Weight
2,2 kg (4.7 lb)
1306 EK–1311 EK
2205 EK–2211 EK
2306 K
2307 EK–2309 EK
2310 K–2311 K
STOP
17
Mounting and dismounting
Multi-purpose kit for quick and easy mounting and dismounting
SKF Combi Kit TMMK 10-35
The SKF TMMK 10-35 is designed for quick and precise mounting of bearings
with bore diameters from 10 to 35 mm and for dismounting deep groove ball
bearings from shafts, housings and blind housings from the same range.
For mounting, a multipurpose fitting tool is
included which is suitable for mounting bearings
as well as bushings, seal rings, belt pulleys and
other similar products.
For dismounting of deep groove ball
bearings from blind housings and shafts, the
SKF TMMK 10-35 contains a unique threearmed puller. When dismounting deep groove
ball bearings from housings, a combination of
this puller, sliding hammer and support rings
enables easy removal of the bearings.
Mounting
• A complete kit of different sizes of puller
arms and spindles facilitates the
dismounting of a wide variety of different
SKF deep groove ball bearings
• The correct combination of a tough and
lightweight impact ring and sleeve reduces
the risk of bearing damage as the impact
force is not transmitted through the rolling
elements
• The dead-blow hammer is designed for
maximum impact, while the puller claws
are specially designed to provide a good
grip and allow for high dismounting forces
Suitability chart
SKF TMMK 10–35 is suitable for dismounting the following SKF deep groove ball bearings
Dismounting
Dismounting
18
60.. series
62.. series
63.. series
64.. series
16… series
6000–6017
6200–6211
6300–6307
6403
16002–16003
62/22
63/22
62/28
63/28
16011
Technical data
Designation
TMMK 10–35
Number of impact rings
24
Number of sleeves
2
Impact rings bore diameter
10–35 mm
(0.39–2.1 in.)
Impact rings outer diameter
26–80 mm
(1.0–4.7 in.)
Dead-blow hammer
TMFT 36-H
Shaft support rings (diameter)
10, 12, 15, 17, 20, 22, 25, 28, 30 and 35 mm
Effective puller arm length
3 ™ puller arm A1 – 135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A2 – 135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A3 – 137 mm (5.4 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A4 – 162 mm (6.4 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A5 – 167 mm (6.6 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 110 ™ 360 mm
(20.9 ™ 4.3 ™ 14.2 in.)
Weight
7,6 kg (16.8 lb)
Dismounting
Selection chart – SKF external pullers
Designation
Width of grip
Effective arm length
mm
in.
mm
in.
TMMP 2x65
15–65
0.6–2.6
60
2.4
TMMP 2x170
25–170
1.0–6.7
135
5.3
TMMP 3x185
40–185
1.6–7.3
135
5.3
TMMP 3x230
40–230
1.6–9.0
210
8.3
TMMP 3x300
45–300
1.8–11.8
240
9.4
TMMR 40F
23–48
0.9–1.9
67
2.6
TMMR 60F
23–68
0.9–2.7
82
3.2
TMMR 80F
41–83
1.6–3.3
98
3.9
TMMR 120F
41–124
1.6–4.9
124
4.9
TMMR 160F
68–164
2.7–6.5
143
5.6
TMMR 200F
65–204
2.6–8.0
169
6.7
TMMR 250F
74–254
2.9–10.0
183
7.2
TMMR 350F
74–354
2.9–13.9
238
9.4
TMMR 160XL
42–140
1.7–5.5
221
8.7
TMMR 200XL
42–180
1.7–7.1
221
8.7
TMMR 250XL
44–236
1.7–9.3
221
8.7
TMMR 350XL
44–336
1.7–13.2
221
8.7
TMMP 6
50–127
2.0–5.0
120*
4.7*
TMMP 10
100–223
3.9–8.7
207*
8.2*
TMMP 15
140–326
5.5–12.8
340*
13.4*
TMMA 60
36–150
1.4–5.9
150
5.9
TMMA 80
52–200
2.0–7.8
200
7.8
TMMA 120
75–250
3.0–9.8
250
9.8
TMMA 75H + .../SET
52–200
2.0–7.8
200
7.8
TMMA 100H + .../SET
75–250
3.0–9.8
250
9.8
75–280
3.0–11.0
110–200
4.3–7.9
50–170
1.9–6.7
70–120
2.8–4.7
TMHP 15/260
195–386
7.7–15.2
264*
10.4*
TMHP 30/170
290–500
11.4–19.7
170*
6.7*
TMHP 30/350
290–500
11.4–19.7
350*
13.7*
TMHP 30/600
290–500
11.4–19.7
600*
23.6*
TMHP 50/140
310–506
12.2–19.9
140*
5.5*
TMHP 50/320
310–506
12.2–19.9
320*
12.6*
TMHP 50/570
310–506
12.2–19.9
570*
22.4*
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers
22
SKF Reversible Jaw Pullers
25
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers
22
Mechanical pullers SKF EasyPull
20
Hydraulic pullers SKF EasyPull
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit
TMHP 10E
24, 26
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit
TMHC 110E
SKF Hydraulically Assisted
Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers
23
* Other arm length options are available
19
SKF EasyPull
Equipped with spring-operated arms and a solid design, the patented SKF EasyPull
is one of the most user-friendly and safe tools on the market. Ergonomically
designed, the spring-operated arms enable the user to position the puller behind
the component with just one movement. The SKF EasyPull is available in mechanical
and hydraulically assisted versions, as well as complete kits with a tri-section pulling
plate and a puller protection blanket.
Safe and simple bearing dismounting
Quick and virtually effortless bearing dismounting
Mechanical pullers TMMA series
Hydraulic pullers TMMA ..H series
• Sturdy design allows dismounting of components even in the tightest
application in a safe manner
• The unique red rings spring-operated opening mechanism allows the
SKF EasyPull to be placed behind the component with one movement
of the hands
• Self-locking arms help prevent the risk of puller slipping under load
• Double hexagonal heads allow easier application of withdrawal force
• Self-centring capability and nosepiece help avoid damage to shaft
• Efficient use of time due to quick dismounting
• Available in three sizes with a withdrawal force of 60, 80 or 120 kN
(6.7, 9.0 or 13.5 US ton), enabling easy selection
• TMHS series hydraulic force generators are available as an accessory
for the 80 and 120 kN versions
• Ready-to-use, integrated hydraulic cylinder, pump and puller – thus
it is assembly-free and it is not necessary to purchase separate parts
• Safety valve prevents spindles and pullers from being overloaded if
excessive force is applied
• The spring-loaded centre point on the hydraulic spindle allows easy
centring of the puller on the shaft without damaging the shaft
• The TMMA 100H has a maximum withdrawal force of 100 kN
(11.2 US ton) and a long stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.), which facilitates
most dismounting jobs in just one operation
• For dismounting jobs requiring less force, SKF offers a 75 kN
(8.4 US ton) version, the hydraulic EasyPull TMMA 75H with a
maximum stroke of 75 mm (3 in.)
• Supplied with extension pieces and one nosepiece
Technical data
Designation
TMMA 60
TMMA 80
TMMA 120
TMMA 75H
TMMA 100H
Width of grip external, minimum
36 mm (1.4 in.)
52 mm (2.0 in.)
75 mm (3.0 in.)
52 mm (2 in.)
75 mm (3 in.)
Width of grip external, maximum
150 mm (5.9 in.)
200 mm (7.8 in.)
250 mm (9.8 in.)
200 mm (7.8 in.)
250 mm (9.8 in.)
Effective arm length
150 mm (5.9 in.)
200 mm (7.8 in.)
250 mm (9.8 in.)
200 mm (7.8 in.)
250 mm (9.8 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force
60 kN (6.7 US ton)
80 kN (9.0 US ton)
120 kN (13.5 US ton)
75 kN (8.4 US ton)
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Claw height
7,5 mm (0.30 in.)
9,8 mm (0.39 in.)
13,8 mm (0.54 in.)
9,8 mm (0.39 in.)
13,8 mm (0.54 in.)
Hydraulic spindle
–
–
–
TMHS 75
TMHS 100
Adapter: possible to upgrade to
hydraulic version
–
TMHS 75
TMHS 100
–
–
Total weight
4,0 kg (8.8 lb)
5,7 kg (12.6 lb)
10,6 kg (23.4 lb)
7,0 kg (15.4 lb)
13,2 kg (29 lb)
20
A complete bearing dismounting solution
Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series
• A set consisting of a hydraulically assisted SKF EasyPull together with
a tri-section pulling plate, TMMS series, and a puller protection
blanket facilitate an easy, safe and virtually damage-free dismounting
• Especially suitable for dismounting spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings, and other components such as pulleys and flywheels
• A puller protection blanket, TMMX series, made of a strong
transparent material allows the user to visually follow the
dismounting procedure. While dismounting, the blanket helps to
protect from flying fragments of bearings or other components,
thereby enhancing user safety
• A sturdy custom-made storage case with room for all parts minimises
the risk of loosing or damaging the set’s components
Technical data
Designation
TMMA 75H/SET
TMMA 100H/SET
Puller
TMMA 75H
TMMA 100H
Tri-section pulling plate
TMMS 100
TMMS 160
Puller protection blanket
TMMX 280
TMMX 350
Dimensions of case
600 ™ 235 ™ 225 mm
(23.6 ™ 9.3 ™ 8.6 in.)
680 ™ 320 ™ 270 mm
(27 ™ 13 ™ 11 in.)
Total weight
15,0 kg (33.1 lb)
31,6 kg (70 lb)
21
SKF Jaw pullers
One of the most common ways to dismount small to medium size bearings
is to use a basic mechanical puller. Using an SKF puller helps to safeguard
against damage to the bearing or to the bearing seating during dismounting.
SKF Jaw pullers allow for easy and safe puller operation.
Versatile two and three arm mechanical pullers
Powerful self-centring mechanical pullers
SKF Standard Jaw Pullers
TMMP series
SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers
TMMP series
•
•
•
•
•
• Fast, efficient and smooth handling
• Unique pantograph system gives exceptional grip and helps counteract
misalignment during operation
• Three arm jaw pullers with a maximum withdrawal force of 60 to 150 kN
(6.7 to 17.0 US ton) suitable for medium to large size bearings
• Blackened, high quality steel for corrosion resistance
• Other arm length options are available
Range of five different jaw pullers with two or three arms
Maximum nominal span from 65 to 300 mm (2.6 to 11.8 in.)
Cone system for automatic centring and secure positioning of arms
Strong springs keep arms apart for easy operation
Hardened, high quality carbon steel
Technical data – SKF Standard Jaw Pullers
Designation
TMMP 2x65
TMMP 2x170
TMMP 3x185
TMMP 3x230
TMMP 3x300
No. of arms
2
2
3
3
3
Width of grip
15–65 mm
(0.6–2.6 in.)
25–170 mm
(1.0–6.7 in.)
40–185 mm
(1.6–7.3 in.)
40–230 mm
(1.6–9.1 in.)
45–300 mm
(1.8–11.8 in.)
Effective length of arms
60 mm (2.4 in.)
135 mm (5.3 in.)
135 mm (5.3 in.)
210 mm (8.3 in.)
240 mm (9.4 in.)
Claw height
8 mm (0.31 in.)
9 mm (0.35 in.)
9 mm (0.35 in.)
9 mm (0.35 in.)
11 mm (0.43 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force
6,0 kN (0.7 US ton)
18,0 kN (2 US ton)
24,0 kN (2.7 US ton)
34,0 kN (3.8 US ton)
50,0 kN (5.6 US ton)
Weight
0,5 kg (1.2 lb)
2,1 kg (4.7 lb)
2,9 kg (6.4 lb)
5,8 kg (13 lb)
8,6 kg (19 lb)
Technical data – SKF Heavy Duty Jaw Pullers
Designation
TMMP 6
TMMP 10
TMMP 15
Width of grip
50–127 mm
(2.0–5.0 in.)
100–223 mm
(3.9–8.7 in.)
140–326 mm
(5.5–12.8 in.)
Effective length of arms
120 mm (4.7 in.)
207 mm (8.2 in.)
340 mm (13.4 in.)
Claw height
15 mm (0.59 in.)
20 mm (0.78 in.)
30 mm (1.18 in.)
Maximum withdrawal force
60 kN (6.7 US ton)
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
150 kN (17 US ton)
Weight
4,0 kg (8.8 lb)
8,5 kg (19 lb)
21,5 kg (46 lb)
Effective length optional arms
TMMP ..-1
TMMP ..-2
TMMP ..-3
TMMP ..-4
included
220 mm (8.6 in.)
370 mm (14.5 in.)
470 mm (18.5 in.)
included
350 mm (13.8 in.)
460 mm (18.1 in.)
710 mm (27.9 in.)
260 mm (10.2 in.)
included
435 mm (17.1 in.)
685 mm (27.0 in.)
22
Powerful self-centring hydraulic pullers
SKF Hydraulically Assisted Heavy Duty
Jaw Pullers TMHP series
• High forces can be easily applied as the puller is self-centring
• The combination of a spindle and hydraulic cylinder allows the
working length to be easily adjusted
• Unique pantograph system gives exceptional grip and helps
counteract misalignment during operation
• Equipped with a lifting handle and eye bolt, facilitates easy handling
• Maximum withdrawal force of 150, 300 or 500 kN
(17, 34 or 56 US ton)
• Supplied with SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100
Technical data
Designation*
TMHP 15/260
TMHP 30/170
TMHP 30/350
TMHP 30/600
TMHP 50/140
TMHP 50/320
TMHP 50/570
Width of grip
195–386 mm
(7.7–15.2 in.)
290–500 mm
(11.4–19.7 in.)
290–500 mm
(11.4–19.7 in.)
290–500 mm
(11.4–19.7 in.)
310–506 mm
(12.2–19.9 in.)
310–506 mm
(12.2–19.9 in.)
310–506 mm
(12.2–19.9 in.)
Effective length
of arms
264 mm
(10.4 in.)
170 mm
(6.7 in.)
350 mm
(13.7 in.)
600 mm
(23.6 in.)
140 mm
(5.5 in.)
320 mm
(12.6 in.)
570 mm
(22.4 in.)
Claw height
30 mm (1.2 in.)
35 mm (1.4 in.)
35 mm (1.4 in.)
35 mm (1.4 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
Stroke
100 mm (3.9 in.)
50 mm (2 in.)
50 mm (2 in.)
50 mm (2 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
Maximum working
pressure hydraulic
cylinder
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
80 MPa
(11 600 psi)
Maximum withdrawal
force
150 kN
(17 US ton)
300 kN
(34 US ton)
300 kN
(34 US ton)
300 kN
(34 US ton)
500 kN
(56 US ton)
500 kN
(56 US ton)
500 kN
(56 US ton)
Weight
34 kg (75 lb)
45 kg (99 lb)
47 kg (104 lb)
56 kg (123 lb)
47 kg (104 lb)
54 kg (119 lb)
56 kg (132 lb)
included
350 mm (13.7 in.)
600 mm (23.6 in.)
–
170 mm (6.7 in.)
included
600 mm (23.6 in.)
–
170 mm (6.7 in.)
350 mm (13.7 in.)
included
–
included
320 mm (12.6 in.)
570 mm (22.4 in.)
–
140 mm (5.5 in.)
included
570 mm (22.4 in.)
–
140 mm (5.5 in.)
320 mm (12.6 in.)
included
–
Effective length optional arms
TMHP ..-1
TMHP ..-2
TMHP ..-3
TMHP ..-4
included
344 mm (14.2 in.)
439 mm (17.3 in.)
689 mm (27.1 in.)
*Also available without hydraulic pump TMJL 100. Please add suffix ‘X’ to designation when ordering without pump (e.g. TMHP 30/170X)
23
Effortless bearing dismounting up to 100 kN
SKF Hydraulic Jaw Puller Kit TMHP 10E
• A versatile kit with three different arm lengths is suitable for a wide
range of applications
• Hydraulic spindle facilitates effortless dismounting
• Self-locking arms minimise the risk of the puller slipping from the
application when under load
• The spring-loaded centre point of the hydraulic spindle allows easy
puller centring
• The hydraulic spindle is equipped with a safety valve, which minimises
the risk of puller overload
• High load rating of 100 kN (11.2 US ton) makes the puller suitable for
a variety of dismounting jobs
• A hydraulic spindle stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.) helps facilitate
dismounting in one operation
• Supplied with hydraulic spindle extension pieces to allow quick
adaptation to pulling length
Technical data
Designation
TMHP 10E
Contents
1 ™ arm–assembly stand
3 ™ arms, 110 mm (4.3 in.)
3 ™ arms, 160 mm (6.3 in.)
3 ™ arms, 200 mm (7.9 in.)
1 ™ hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
3 ™ extension pieces
for hydraulic spindle;
50, 100, 150 mm (2, 4, 6 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece with centre point
for hydraulic spindle
Maximum stroke
80 mm (3.1 in.)
Threading hydraulic cylinder
1 1/2-16 UN
Nominal working force
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Carrying case dimensions
578 ™ 410 ™ 70 mm
(23 ™ 16 ™ 2.8 in.)
Weight
14,5 kg (32 lb)
24
Arm set 1 (3 ™ TMHP10E-10)
Effective arms length
Width of grip
Claw height
115 mm
75–170 mm
6 mm
(4.5 in.)
(3,0–6.7 in.)
(0.25 in.)
Arm set 2 (3 ™ TMHP10E-11)
Effective arms length
Width of grip
Claw height
160 mm
80–250 mm
7 mm
(6.3 in.)
(3.1–9.8 in.)
(0.28 in.)
Arm set 3 (3 ™ TMHP10E-12)
Effective arms length
Width of grip
Claw height
200 mm
110–280 mm
7 mm
(7.8 in.)
(4.3–11 in.)
(0.28 in.)
External pull
Internal pull
Versatile and robust pullers for internal and external pulling jobs
SKF Reversible Jaw Puller TMMR F series
The standard range of eight pullers can accommodate a wide range of bearing
and component sizes. Adding extra versatility to the TMMR..F puller programme,
the four largest sizes are also available with extra long arms as a standard option
(TMMR ….XL). The extra long arms help to dismount bearings and components
placed far from the shaft end. For more versatility, the extra long arms can be
further extended by adding extension pieces.
• Self-locking arms for easy adjustment of width of grip
• Hexagonal head on beam enables rotation of puller and
bearing during dismounting, improving ease of use
• Wide gripping range from 23 mm (0.9 in.) internal to
350 mm (13.8 in.) external, enables many bearings and
components to be dismounted
• Unlike many similar pullers, the pullers can be used up to
their full rated load capacity without permanently deforming
the puller arms
• Arms and beam are chrome plated for enhanced corrosion
resistance and easy cleaning
TMMR 8F
TMMR..XL
Technical data
Designation
Maximum
withdrawal force
Maximum
torque
Weight
Claw width
Claw lenght
Claw height
kN
ton(US).
Nm
lbf.
kg
lb
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
TMMR 40F
17
1.9
22
16.2
0,3
0.7
13
0.51
6
0.24
4
0.16
TMMR 60F
17
1.9
22
16.2
0,4
0.8
13
0.51
6
0.24
4
0.16
TMMR 80F
40
4.5
75
55.3
1,0
2.2
19
0.75
14
0.55
7
0.28
TMMR 120F
40
4.5
75
55.3
1,2
2.6
19
0.75
14
0.55
7
0.28
TMMR 160F
50
5.6
115
84.8
2,3
5.2
22
0.87
18
0.71
9
0.35
TMMR 200F
50
5.6
115
84.8
2,6
5.8
22
0.87
18
0.71
9
0.35
TMMR 250F
60
6.7
160
118.0
4,4
9.7
28
1.10
22
0.87
10
0.39
TMMR 350F
60
6.7
160
118.0
5,2
11.4
28
1.10
22
0.87
10
0.39
TMMR 160XL
50
5.6
115
84.8
3,5
7.7
25
0.98
16
0.63
8,5
0.33
TMMR 200XL
50
5.6
115
84.8
3,7
8.2
25
0.98
16
0.63
8,5
0.33
TMMR 250XL
60
6.7
160
118.0
4,7
10.4
25
0.98
16
0.63
8,5
0.33
TMMR 350XL
60
6.7
160
118.0
5,2
11.5
25
0.98
16
0.63
8,5
0.33
25
SKF Strong Back Pullers
Easy bearing dismounting even in the tightest spaces
SKF Strong Back Pullers TMBS E series
The SKF TMBS E strong back pullers facilitate dismounting of bearings in
applications where the use of traditional jaw pullers is restricted due to lack
of space or where the application demands a long reach.
• Special separator design allows the puller to
be easily inserted between the bearing and
the shoulder on the shaft
• The spring-loaded centre point of the
hydraulic spindle allows easy puller centring
• The firm grip behind the bearing’s inner ring
reduces the force required to dismount the
bearing
• The hydraulic spindle is equipped with a
safety valve, which minimises the risk of
puller overload
• A hydraulic spindle stroke of 80 mm (3.1 in.)
helps facilitate dismounting in one operation
• SKF TMBS 50E is equipped with a
mechanical spindle for force generation
• SKF TMBS 100E and the SKF TMBS 150E
are equipped with a hydraulic spindle, which
allows for easy application of force up to
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
• Supplied with hydraulic spindle extension
pieces to allow quick adaptation to pulling
length
• SKF TMBS 100E and SKF TMBS 150E are
supplied with extension rods to allow quick
adaptation to pulling lengths upto 816 mm
(32.1 in.)
Selection chart
Designation
Shaft diameter
mm
in.
Maximum bearing outer
diameter
in.
mm
Maximum reach
mm
in.
TMBS 50E
7–50
0.3–1.9
85
3.3
110
4.3
TMBS 100E
20–100
0.8–3.9
160
6.3
120–816
4.7–32.1
TMBS 150E
35–150
1.4–5.9
215
8.5
120–816
4.7–32.1
TMHC 110E
20–100
0.8–3.9
160
6.3
120–245
4.7–9.6
Powerful combination of a jaw and strong back puller
SKF Hydraulic Puller Kit TMHC 110E
• SKF TMHC 110E hydraulic puller kit
combines a jaw puller and a strong
back puller
• A versatile puller kit facilitates safe and easy
dismounting in a variety of applications
• Hydraulic spindle facilitates easy and
quick dismounting
• High load rating of 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
• The strong back puller includes two different
arm lengths for maximum reach of
120 mm (4.7 in.)
26
• The jaw puller can be assembled as a
three-arm or two-arm puller depending on
the space and demands of the application
• The firm grip of the strong back puller
behind the bearing’s inner ring reduces
the force required to dismount the bearing
• Supplied with extension rods to allow
quick adaptation to pulling lengths upto
245 mm (9.6 in.)
Technical data – TMBS E series
Designation
TMBS 50E
TMBS 100E
TMBS 150E
Contents
1 ™ separator set
1 ™ mechanical spindle
1 ™ beam
2 ™ main rods
1 ™ separator set
2 ™ main rods
2 ™ extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.)
4 ™ extension rods, 285 mm (11.2 in.)
1 ™ beam
1 ™ hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
2 ™ extension pieces for hydraulic
spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece with centre point
for hydraulic spindle
1 ™ separator set
2 ™ main rods
2 ™ extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.)
4 ™ extension rods, 285 mm (11.2 in.)
1 ™ beam
1 ™ hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
2 ™ extension pieces for hydraulic
spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece with centre point
for hydraulic spindle
Maximum stroke
–
80 mm (3.1 in.)
80 mm (3.1 in.)
Nominal working force
30 kN (3.4 US ton)
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Maximum reach
110 mm (4.3 in.)
120–816 mm (4.7–31.1 in.)
120–816 mm (4.7–31.1 in.)
Shaft diameter range
7–50 mm (0.3–2 in.)
20–100 mm (0.8–4 in.)
35–150 mm (1.4–6 in.)
Threading hydraulic cylinder
–
1 1/2-16 UN
1 1/2-16 UN
Carrying case dimensions
295 ™ 190 ™ 55 mm
(11.6 ™ 7.5 ™ 2 in.)
580 ™ 410 ™ 70 mm
(23 ™ 16 ™ 2.8 in.)
580 ™ 410 ™ 70 mm
(23 ™ 16 ™ 2.8 in.)
Weight
1,8 kg (4 lb)
13,5 kg (29.8 lb)
17 kg (37.5 lb)
Technical data – TMHC 110E
Designation
TMHC 110E
Contents
1 ™ arm–assembly stand
3 ™ arms, 60 mm (2.4 in.)
3 ™ arms, 120 mm (4.7 in.)
1 ™ separator set
1 ™ beam
2 ™ main rods
2 ™ extension rods, 125 mm (4.9 in.)
1 ™ hydraulic spindle TMHS 100
2 ™ extension pieces for hydraulic
spindle; 50, 100 mm (2.0, 3.9 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece with centre point
for hydraulic spindle
Maximum stroke
80 mm (3.1 in.)
Nominal working force
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Threading hydraulic cylinder
1 1/2-16 UN
Carrying case dimensions
580 ™ 410 ™ 70 mm
(23 ™ 16 ™ 2.8 in.)
Weight
13,5 kg (29.8 lb)
Arms set 1 (3 ™ TMHP10E-9)
Effective arms length
Width of grip
Claw height
65 mm
50–110 mm
6 mm
(2.5 in.)
(2–4.3 in.)
(0.25 in.)
Arms set 2 (3 ™ TMHP10E-10)
Effective arms length
Width of grip
Claw height
115 mm
75–170 mm
6 mm
(4.5 in.)
(3.0–6.7 in.)
(0.25 in.)
Strong back puller
Maximum reach
Shaft diameter range
250 mm
20–100 mm
(9.8 in.)
(0.8–4 in.)
27
SKF Blind housing pullers
Selection chart – SKF Blind pullers
Designation
Bearing bore
diameter (d)
Effective arm
length
TMMD 100
10–100 mm
(0.4–3.9 in.)
135–170 mm
(5.3–6.7 in.)
TMBP 20E
30–160 mm
(1.2–6.3 in.)
547 mm
(21.5 in.)
The SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100 allows quick and
easy dismounting of SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearings with an interference fit
on both rings.
The SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E is an adapter type puller for
dismounting deep groove ball bearings in blind housings with shaft dimensions
between 30 mm and 160 mm (1.18–6.3 in.). The use of extension rods allows
a long reach of up to 547 mm (21.5 in.).
Removes bearing without dismantling machinery
30
SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit TMBP 20E
•
•
•
•
Allows a wide of range of deep groove ball bearings to be dismounted
Ball adapters designed for a long service life
Spanner stop function on spindle for easy and safe handling
Self-locking nose piece helps minimise damage to shaft,
and improves puller stability
Suitability chart
SKF TMBP 20E is suitable for dismounting the following deep groove ball bearings
Remove seal and open selected section of
ball cage. Clean the swarf out.
28
60.. series
62.. series
63.. series
64.. series
16… series
6021–6032
6213–6230
6309–6320
6406–6418
16026–16032
Insert appropriate bearing adapter and rotate
it 90° ensuring positive grip within the bearing
race.
Insert the second adapter into prepared area
diametrically opposed.
Easy dismounting of bearings in blind housings
30
SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit TMMD 100
The puller is suitable for use in both blind housings and shaft applications.
The SKF TMMD 100 is suitable for dismounting up to 71 different
SKF deep groove ball bearings, with shaft diameters ranging between
10 and 100 mm (0.4–3.9 in.).
• The claws are designed to precisely fit in the bearing’s raceway,
providing a good grip, thereby allowing high dismounting forces
• Each puller arm is fitted with a spring for easy installation
• The claw has been designed to allow easy insertion
• The hexagon head of the spindle is designed to prevent the spanner
sliding down the spindle during dismounting
• The puller can also be used to remove sealed bearings from blind
housings, after the seal has been removed
Suitability chart
The SKF TMMD 100 suits the following bearing series and sizes:
Bearing selection chart included
Bearing designation
Shaft diameter
6000–6020
10–100 mm
(0.4–3.9 in.)
6200–6218
10–90 mm
(0.4–3.5 in.)
6300–6313
10–65 mm
(0.4–2.6 in.)
6403–6410
17–50 mm
(0.7–2.0 in.)
62/22, 62/28, 63/22, 63/28
22, 28, 22, 28 mm
(0.9, 1.1, 0.9, 1.1 in.)
16002, 16003, 16011
15, 17, 55 mm
(0.6, 0.7, 2.2 in.)
16100, 16101
10, 12 mm
(0.4, 0.5 in.)
The rubber cap allows easy and quick
attachment of the arms to the spindle. It also
prevents the puller arms from detaching from
the spindle during operation
The springs enable easy insertion
29
Technical data – SKF Blind Housing Puller Kit
Designation
TMBP 20E
Kit contents
6 adapters sizes (2 pcs each), 2 main rods (with nut support rings and nuts)
4 extension rods, Spindle, Spindle nose piece, Beam
Effective arm length
147–547 mm (5.8–21.5 in.)
Maximum pulling force
55 kN (6.2 US ton)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Weight
6,5 kg (14.3 lb)
Technical data – SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearing Puller Kit
Designation
TMMD 100
Kit contents
3 ™ puller arm A1–135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A2–135 mm (5.3 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A3–137 mm (5.4 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A4–162 mm (6.4 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A5–167 mm (6.6 in.)
3 ™ puller arm A6–170 mm (6.7 in.)
2 ™ spindle and nut, 1 ™ handle
Effective arm length
135–170 mm (5.3–5.7 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Weight
3,6 kg (7.9 lb)
30
Internal pullers
Fast and easy bearing dismounting from housings
SKF Internal Bearing Puller Kits TMIP series
The SKF TMIP kits are specially designed for dismounting bearings from
housings where the fit is on the outer ring.
The combination of unique spring-loaded extractors and an ergonomically
designed sliding hammer help enable a safe, fast and easy removal of the
bearing. Unlike other internal bearing pullers, the extractors can be correctly
positioned in just one quick action.
• Unique design saves dismounting time
• Easy removal of bearings from housings
• Designed to suit a wide range of bearing bore diameters; the selection
of extractors is easy
• Puller constructed for optimum strength and durability
• Spring loaded extractors allow quick and easy fitting of the extractor
to the inner ring
• Claw design provides a strong and secure grip behind the inner ring,
allowing a high puller force to be applied
• Ergonomic sliding hammer enhances user safety
• SKF design, patent pending
Technical data – extractors
Extractor
size
Bearing bore
diameter
in.
mm
Maximum
bearing width
in.
mm
Space behind
bearing
in.
mm
Housing
depth
in.
mm
TMIP 7–28
TMIP E7–9
TMIP E10–12
TMIP E15–17
TMIP E20–28
7–9
10–12
15–17
20–28
0.28–0.35
0.39–0.47
0.59–0.67
0.79–1.1
10
11
18
24
0.39
0.43
0.71
0.94
6
6
7,5
10
0.24
0.24
0.29
0.4
39
45
55
60
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.4
TMIP 30–60
TMIP E30–40
TMIP E45–60
30–40
45–60
1.2–1.6
1.8–2.4
>35
>64
1.38
2.52
11,5
15
0.45
0.6
97
102
3.8
4.0
Technical data
Designation
TMIP 7–28
TMIP 30–60
Bearing bore diameter
7–28 mm (0.28–1.1 in.)
30–60 mm (1.2–2.4 in.)
Total sliding hammer length
412 mm (16.2 in.)
557 mm (21.9 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Weight
3,1 kg (6.8 lb)
5,4 kg (11.9 lb)
31
Puller accessory selection guide
A range of accessories has been developed to further facilitate
the ease of use of the SKF puller range.
Puller series
Standard
jaw pullers
22
Heavy duty
jaw pullers
TMMP series
Standard jaw pullers
TMMP series
Heavy duty jaw pullers
TMMR F series
Reversible jaw pullers
25
TMMA series
SKF EasyPull
20
TMHC 110E
Hydraulic Puller kit
TMHP 10E
Hydraulic Puller kit
24, 26
TMBS E series
Strong back pullers
TMHP series
Hydraulically - assisted
heavy duty jaw pullers
23
28, 29
32
TMMD 100/TMBP 20E
Blind housing puller kits
36
34
Force Generators Advanced
Hydraulic Spindle TMHS series
35
Designation
Puller Protection Blankets
TMMX series
Tri-section Pulling Plates
TMMS series
TMMP 2x65
TMMP 2x170
TMMP 3x185
TMMP 3x230
TMMP 3x300
–
TMMX 280
TMMX 210*
TMMX 210 TMMX 280*
TMMX 280 TMMX 350*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TMMS 50*
TMMS 50*
TMMS 50
TMMP 6
TMMP 10
TMMP 15
TMMX 210
TMMX 280
TMMX 280
TMMX 350
–
–
–
TMMS 50*
TMMS 100*
TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMR 40F
TMMR 60F
TMMR 80F
TMMR 120F
TMMR 160F (XL)
TMMR 200F (XL)
TMMR 250F (XL)
TMMR 350F (XL)
–
–
–
TMMX 210
TMMX 210 TMMX 280
TMMX 280*
TMMX 350*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TMMA 60
TMMA 80
TMMA 120
TMMA 75H
TMMA 100H
TMMA 75H/SET
TMMA 100H/SET
TMMX 210* TMMX 280
TMMX 210 TMMX 280* TMMX 350
TMMX 280 TMMX 350*
TMMX 210 TMMX 380* TMMX 350
TMMX 280 TMMX 350*
TMMX 280 **
TMMX 350 **
–
TMHS 75
TMHS 100
TMHS 75 **
TMHS 100 **
TMHS 75 **
TMHS 100 **
TMMS 50*
TMMS 50*
TMMS 50
TMMS 50*
TMMS 50
TMMS 50*
TMMS160 **
TMMS 100*
TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMS 100*
TMMS 100* TMMS 160*
TMMS 100**
TMHC 110E
TMMX 210
TMMX 280* TMMX 350
TMHS 100 **
TMHP 10E
TMMX 210
TMMX 280* TMMX 350
TMHS 100 **
TMMS 50*
TMMS 100*
TMBS 50E
TMBS 100E
TMBS 150E
TMMX 210
TMMX 210* TMMX 280
TMMX 280* TMMX 350
–
TMHS 100 **
TMHS 100 **
–
–
–
TMHP 15/260
TMHP 30/170
TMHP 30/350
TMHP 30/600
TMHP 50/140
TMHP 50/320
TMHP 50/570
TMHP 15/260X
TMHP 30/170X
TMHP 30/350X
TMHP 30/600X
TMHP 50/140X
TMHP 50/320X
TMHP 50/570X
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TMMS 160
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260
TMMS 260
TMMS 260
TMMS 160
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260*
TMMS 260
TMMS 260
TMMS 260
TMMD 100
TMBP 20E
TMMX 210*
TMMX 210 TMMX 280*
–
–
–
–
TMMS 100
TMMS 100
TMMS 100*
TMMS 160
TMMS 160
TMMS 260
TMMS 380
TMMS 380
TMMS 380
TMMS 380*
TMMS 380*
TMMS 380*
TMMS 260
TMMS 380
TMMS 380
TMMS 380
TMMS 380*
TMMS 380*
TMMS 380*
* recommended / ** accessory included with puller
33
Effortless withdrawal force generation
Advanced Hydraulic Spindles TMHS 75 and TMHS 100
TMHS 75
TMHS 100
The SKF TMHS 75 and TMHS 100 generate a high pulling force with very little
effort compared to the standard mechanical spindles. They significantly reduce
the time needed to dismount a bearing or other component.
• Integrated hydraulic cylinder, pump and spindle – no separate pump
is required
• Safety valve helps prevent overloading the spindle and the puller in
case excessive force is applied
• Long stroke helps enable dismounting in one operation
• Spring-loaded nosepiece centre point allows easy puller centring
minimising shaft centre point damage
• Hand lever with ergonomic grip can be rotated 360°
• Extension pieces included
TMHS 75:
• Maximum withdrawal force of 75 kN (8.4 US ton)
• Stroke length of 75 mm (3.0 in.)
• Suitable for use with pullers with a 1 1/4-12 UN thread
TMHS 100:
• Maximum withdrawal force of 100 kN (11.2 US ton)
• Stroke length of 80 mm (3.1 in.)
• Suitable for use with pullers with a 1 1/2-16 UN thread
Technical data
Designation
TMHS 75
TMHS 100
Contents
1 ™ hydraulic spindle
2 ™ extension pieces;
50 and 100 mm (2.0 and 3.9 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece
1 ™ hydraulic spindle
3 ™ extension pieces;
50, 100 and 150 mm (2.0, 3.9 and 5.9 in.)
1 ™ nosepiece
Maximum withdrawal force
75 kN (8.4 US ton)
100 kN (11.2 US ton)
Piston stroke
75 mm (3.0 in.)
80 mm (3.1 in.)
Body thread
1 1/4-12 UN
1 1/2-16 UN
Nose piece diameter
30 mm (1.2 in.)
30 mm (1.2 in.)
Maximum reach
229 mm (9.0 in.)
390 mm (15.4 in.)
Weight
2,7 kg (6.0 lb)
4,5 kg (10.0 lb)
34
Efficient and correct dismounting
SKF Tri-section Pulling Plates TMMS series
• The SKF TMMS series consists of five different sizes of tri-section
pulling plates suitable for shafts with diameters ranging from
50 to 380 mm (2 to 15 in.)
• Suitable for use in combination with three-armed pullers
• The plates grip behind the bearing inner ring, helping to ensure that
the pulling forces are only transmitted through the inner ring and not
through the outer ring or the rolling elements; thereby minimising the
risk of bearing damage
• The tri-section construction allows an even dismounting force
distribution, preventing bearing locking and/or tilting on the shaft,
especially in the case of spherical roller and CARB toroidal roller
bearings
• Special wedge shape design allows the plates to be easily inserted
between the bearing and the shoulder on the shaft
Dimensions
Designation
d min
mm
in.
d max
mm
in.
A
mm
in.
H
mm
in.
TMMS 50
12
0.5
50
2.0
20–30
0.8–1.2
15
0.6
TMMS 100
26
1.0
100
3.9
30–55
1.4–2.2
25
1.0
TMMS 160
50
2.0
160
6.3
45–73
1.8–2.9
30
1.2
TMMS 260
90
3.6
260
10.2
70–114
2.8–4.5
42
1.7
TMMS 380
140
5.5
380
15.0
81–142
3.2–5.6
58
2.3
A
d max
A
d min
H
35
For additional user safety during dismounting
SKF Puller Protection Blankets TMMX series
• The SKF TMMX series are designed to offer additional user safety,
while dismounting bearings or other components
• After the puller has been positioned, the blanket is simply wrapped
around the puller and application
• The tough, transparent plastic allows the user to monitor the
component and the puller during operation
• Especially designed to fit SKF TMMA series pullers, they are also
suitable for use in combination with many other pullers
Dimensions
Designation
Recommended
maximum diameter
in.
mm
Length
mm
Width
in.
mm
in.
TMMX 210
210
8.3
750
29.5
420
16.5
TMMX 280
280
11.0
970
38.2
480
18.9
TMMX 350
350
13.8
1 200
47.2
580
22.8
SKF Anti-fretting Agent LGAF 3E
SKF LGAF 3E is a greasy, smooth paste to prevent fretting corrosion caused
by very slight oscillations or by vibrations, that can make dismounting much
more difficult.
• Suitable for bearings and metal surfaces in loose fit arrangements,
such as vibrating screens, truck and car wheel bearings
• Reduces fretting corrosion thereby enabling easier dismounting of
bearings
• Assists with easier removal of general industrial components in a wide
range of applications such as nuts, bolts, flanges, studs, bearings,
guide pins, couplings, jack screws, lathe centres, push rods, and
spline shafts
Technical data
36
Designation
LGAF 3E/0.5
Specific gravity
1,19
Colour
White–beige
Base oil type
Mineral and synthetic
Thickener
Lithium soap
Operating temperature range
–25 to +150 °C (–13 to +302 °F)
Base oil viscosity: 40 °C, mm²/s
17,5
Available pack sizes
0,5 kg can
SKF Anti Corrosive Agent LHRP 2
SKF LHRP 2 provides excellent long-term corrosion protection to ferrous and
non-ferrous surfaces. When applied, it creates a stable rust protection film on
the surface of the metal.
• Effective rust protection, even in high humidity environments
• The thixotropic, non dripping, nature creates a stable protective film
• The residual films can be easily cleaned by slight mechanical agitation
or heat
• Does not adhere to most packaging papers
• Most bearings do not need to be cleaned before applying SKF grease*
* Note: Film needs to be removed before applying SKF LGET 2 grease.
Technical data
Designation
LHRP 2/5
Specific gravity
0,835
Colour
Hazy brown
Base oil type
Mineral
Flash point
>62 °C (>144 °F)
Pour point
<4 °C (<39 °F)
Available pack sizes
5 l can
Provides protection and excellent grip
SKF Special Working Gloves TMBA G11W
The SKF TMBA G11W gloves are designed for general-purpose industrial
maintenance work. The palms are coated with non-flammable dots
providing excellent grip.
•
•
•
•
•
Technical data
Designation
TMBA G11W
Size
9
Colour
White/blue
Pack size
1 pair
Tear resistant
Flexible and comfortable
Lint free
Non allergenic
Tested and certified according
to EN 388 (mechanical risks)
37
Heating tools
Mounting
Magnetic temperature probe, on the inner ring,
helps prevent bearing overheating
Remote control makes the
heater easy and safe to use
Foldable bearing support arms allow
larger diameter bearings to be heated
It’s a fact.
Incorrect mounting methods account for up to 16% of premature bearing failures
To reduce the risk of incorrect mounting, SKF helped
pioneer the use of portable induction heaters for bearing
mounting applications in the 1970’s. Since that time, there
have been many advances in technology and SKF has been
at the forefront in developing safer, more efficient and
user-friendly bearing induction heaters.
SKF induction heaters are probably the best performing
heaters available. Their unique design typically consumes
just 50% of the electrical power needed by most
competitors’ bearing induction heaters to heat a bearing.
38
As a result, by using an SKF induction heater, the total cost
of ownership is often significantly lower. Ergonomics and
safety are also an important consideration for operators.
SKF induction heaters are equipped with design features
that make them easy to use and safe. Bearing support
arms reduce the risk of the bearing toppling during
heating, and ergonomically designed yokes help reduce
operator fatigue. In addition, the unique remote control
enables the operator to control the heater at a safe
distance from the hot bearing, enhancing operator safety.
G
n
A
n
B
n
C
n
Features and benefits
D
n
The comprehensive SKF induction header range can
be used for efficiently heating bearings and workpieces,
both large and small. Their innovative design offers
significant advantages to both owners and operators:
• Advanced power electronics, with accurate electric current control,
helps control the temperature rate increase
• Two step power setting option (50% / 100%), enables small bearings
to be heated safely and at a lower power consumption
• For heating components other than bearings, all heaters are equipped
with a heating time mode
• Thermal overheating protection reduces the risk of damage to the
induction coil and the electronics, enhancing reliability and safety
• Automatic demagnetisation reduces the risk of ferrous debris
contamination after heating
• Available in different voltage variants, to suit most operating voltages
worldwide
• Supplied with heat-resistant gloves for improved operator safety
• Comprehensive 3 year warranty
E
n
F
n
A
n
B
n
C
n
D
n
E
n
F
n
G
n
Induction coil located outside the heater’s housing enables
a shorter heating time and lower energy consumption
Foldable bearing support arms allow larger diameter bearings
to be heated, and reduce the risk of the bearing toppling
during heating
Magnetic temperature probe, combined with a temperature mode
pre-set at 110 °C (230 °F), helps prevent bearing overheating
Unique SKF remote control, with operating display and control panel,
makes the heater easy and safe to use
Internal yoke storage, for smaller yoke(s), reduces the risk of yoke
damage or loss
Integrated carrying handles allow for easy movement of the heater
in the workshop
Sliding or swivel arm allows for easy and quick bearing
replacement, reducing operator fatigue (not for TIH 030m)
Induction heating has many advantages over other bearing heating methods
The use of an open flame to heat a bearing is not only inefficient and
uncontrolled, but often leads to bearing damage. This method should
not be used.
Oil baths are sometimes used to heat bearings. Oil baths often take
a long time to reach the required temperature and can be difficult
to control the actual bearing temperature. The energy consumption of
an oil bath is also significantly greater than using an induction heater.
The risk of contaminating the bearing due to dirty oil is significant and
can lead to premature bearing failure. Handling hot, oily and slippery
bearings present significant hazards to the operator and great care must
be taken to avoid potential injuries.
Open flame
Oil baths
Ovens and hot plates are often used for batch heating of small bearings
and this is an acceptable technique. However, for larger bearings, the
use of ovens and hotplates is generally quite inefficient and time
consuming and can present the operator with significant handling
hazards.
Induction heaters are the modern, efficient and safe way to
heat bearings. In operation, they are generally faster, cleaner,
more controllable, and easier to use than other heating methods.
Ovens
SKF induction heaters
39
Induction heaters
TMBH 1
TIH 030m
TIH 100m
Portable induction heater
weighing only 4,5 kg
Small induction heater with a
40 kg bearing heating capacity
Medium induction heater with a
120 kg bearing heating capacity
• Portable, lightweight, high efficiency heater
for bearings with an inner diameter ranging
from 20 to 100 mm (0.8 to 4 in.), and a
maximum weight of 5 kg (11 lb)
• Equipped with temperature and time
control and automatic demagnetisation
• Supplied in a carrying case
• Wide operating voltage:
100–240 V/50–60 Hz
• Compact lightweight design; just 21 kg
(46 lb), facilitating portability
• Capable of heating a 28 kg (62 lb)
bearing in just 20 minutes
• Supplied standard with three yokes,
allowing bearings with a bore diameter from
20 mm (0.8 in.) up to a maximum weight of
40 kg (90 lb) to be heated
• Available in two versions: 230 V/50–60 Hz
and 100–110 V/50–60 Hz
• Capable of heating a 97 kg (213 lb)
bearing in less than 20 minutes
• Supplied standard with three yokes,
allowing bearings with a bore diameter
from 20 mm (0.8 in.) up to a maximum
weight of 120 kg (264 lb) to be heated
• Swivel arm for large size yoke
• Available in two versions: 230 V/50–60 Hz
and 400–460 V/50–60 Hz
SKF induction heater range
d [mm]
The comprehensive range of SKF induction
heaters is suitable for most bearing heating
applications. The chart gives general
information on choosing an induction
heater for bearing heating applications.*
= m20
800
TIH L series
600
TIH 220m
400
TIH 100m
300
150
100
TIH 030m
TMBH 1
kg
5
30
40
100 120
220
300
1 200
The SKF m20 concept represents the
weight (kg) of the heaviest SKF spherical
roller bearing of series 231 which can be
heated from 20 to 110 °C (68 to 230 °F)
in 20 minutes. This defines the heater’s
power output instead of its power
consumption. Unlike other bearing heaters,
there is a clear indication on how long it
takes to heat a bearing, rather than just
the maximum bearing weight possible.
* For heating components other than bearings, we strongly recommend that you contact SKF to help you select a suitable induction heater for your application.
40
TIH 220m
TIH L series
Large induction heater with a 300 kg bearing
heating capacity
Extra large induction heater with a 1 200 kg
bearing heating capacity
• Capable of heating a 220 kg (480 lb) bearing in just
20 minutes
• Supplied standard with two yokes, allowing bearings
with a bore diameter from 60 mm (2.3 in.) up to a
maximum weight of 300 kg (660 lb) to be heated
• Sliding arm for large size yoke
• Available in two versions: 230 V/50–60 Hz and
400–460 V/50–60 Hz
• Using just 20 kVA of electrical power, the TIH L series can
heat large bearings up to 1 200 kg (2 600 lb)
• Bearings and work pieces can be heated vertically or horizontally
• Compact design allows the TIH L series heaters to be easily
transported by forklift
• Available in two versions: 230 V/50–60 Hz and
400–460 V/50–60 Hz
• Available with two different operating areas
Foldable bearing support arms
41
Technical data
Designation
TMBH 1
TIH 030m
TIH 100m
TIH 220m
TIH L44
TIH L77
Max. workpiece weight
5 kg (11 lb)
40 kg (88 lb)
120 kg (264 lb)
300 kg (662 lb)
1 200 kg (2 600 lb)
Bore diameter range
20–100 mm
(0.8–4 in.)
20–300 mm
(0.8–11.8 in.)
20–400 mm
(0.8–15.7 in.)
60–600 mm
(2.3–23.6 in.)
100–800 mm
(3.9–31.5 in.)
Operating area (w ™ h)
52 ™ 52 mm
(2 ™ 2 in.)
100 ™ 135 mm
(3.9 ™ 5.3 in.)
155 ™ 205 mm
(6.1 ™ 8 in.)
250 ™ 255 mm
(9.8 ™ 10 in.)
TIH L44: 425 ™ 492 mm
(16.7 ™ 19.4 in.)
TIH L77: 725 ™ 792 mm
(28.4 ™ 31.2 in.)
Coil diameter
N/A
95 mm (3.7 in.)
110 mm (4.3 in.)
140 mm (5.5 in.)
175 mm (6.8 in.)
Standard yokes (included)
to suit bearing/workpiece
minimum bore diameter
20 mm (0.8 in.)
65 mm (2,6 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
20 mm (0.8 in.)
80 mm (3.1 in.)
40 mm (1.6 in.)
20 mm (0.8 in.)
100 mm (3.9 in.)
60 mm (2.3 in.)
150 mm (5.9 in.)
SKF m20* performance
N/A
28 kg (61.7 lb)
97 kg (213 lb)
220 kg (480 lb)
N/A
Max. power consumption
350 Watt
2,0 kVA
3,6 kVA (230 V)
4,0–4,6 kVA
(400–460 V)
10,0–11,5 kVA
(400–460 V)
20–24 kVA
(200–240 V)
Voltage**
100–240 V/50–60 Hz
100–120 V/50–60 Hz
200–240 V/50–60 Hz
400–460 V/50–60 Hz
TMBH 1
–
–
–
–
TIH 030m/110 V
TIH 030m/230 V
–
–
–
TIH 100m/230 V
TIH 100m/MV
–
–
TIH 220m/LV
TIH 220m/MV
–
–
TIH L../LV
TIH L../MV
Temperature control
0 to 200 °C
(32 to 392 °F)
20 to 250 °C
(68 to 482 °F)
20 to 250 °C
(68 to 482 °F)
20 to 250 °C
(68 to 482 °F)
20 to 250 °C
(68 to 482 °F)
Time control (minutes)
0–60
0–60
0–60
0–60
0–120
Demagnetisation
according
to SKF norms
N/A
<2 A/cm
<2 A/cm
<2 A/cm
<2A/cm
Max. temperature
200 °C (392 °F)
400 °C (750 °F)
400 °C (750 °F)
400 °C (750 °F)
400 °C (750 °F)
Dimensions (w ™ d ™ h)
330 ™ 150 ™ 150 mm
(13 ™ 5.9 ™ 5.9 in.)
Clamp:
115 ™ 115 ™ 31 mm
(4.5 ™ 4.5 ™ 1.2 in.)
460 ™ 200 ™ 260 mm
(18.1 ™ 7.9 ™ 10.2 in.)
570 ™ 230 ™ 350 mm
(22.4 ™ 9 ™ 13.7 in.)
750 ™ 290 ™ 440 mm
(29.5 ™ 11.4 ™ 17.3 in.)
TIH L44:
1 200 ™ 600 ™ 850 mm
(47.3 ™ 23.6 ™ 33.5 in.)
TIH L77:
1 320 ™ 600 ™ 1 150 mm
(52 ™ 23.6 ™ 45.3 in.)
Total weight (incl. yokes)
4,5 kg (10 lb)
20,9 kg (46 lb)
42 kg (92 lb)
86 kg (189 lb)
TIH L44: 324 kg (714 lb)
TIH L77: 415 kg (915 lb)
* SKF m20 performance represents the weight (kg) of the heaviest SKF spherical roller bearing of series 231, which can be heated from 20 to 110 °C (68 to 230 °F) in 20 minutes.
** Some special voltage versions are available for specific countries. For additional information, contact your SKF authorized distributor.
42
A unique and flexible heating solution for very large
bearings and workpieces
Multi-core induction heaters, TIH MC series
The SKF multi-core induction heaters are energy efficient, custom-made
heating solutions. Compared to other heating methods, they often can
significantly save heating time.
The TIH MC series are similar to the standard TIH range,
with a few key differences and additional features:
• Flexible design, consisting of a number of induction heating cores
and coils controlled by a single control and power cabinet
• Suitable for heating large thin section workpieces, such as slewing
rings and railway wheel tyres
• Heating capacities of several tonnes are possible, depending on application
• Enables a more even temperature gradient across the whole
circumference. This is especially important for components
sensitive to uneven induction heating
• Unique design allows for custom-made solutions to be quickly
and economically produced
• SKF can configure the type of TIH MC series heater required,
depending on the application. For additional information, contact
your SKF authorized distributor
Thermostat controlled bearing heating
SKF Electric Hot Plate 729659 C
The SKF 729659 C is a heating device especially designed for
pre-heating batches of small bearings prior to mounting.
The temperature of the plate can be adjusted to provide temperatures
between 50 and 200 °C (120 and 390 °F). The flat heating surface
ensures even bearing heating and the cover helps retain heat and keep
contaminants out.
Technical data
Designation
729659 C
729659 C/110V
Voltage
729659 C
230 V (50/60 Hz)
729659 C/110 V 115 V (50/60 Hz)
Height of cover
50 mm (2 in.)
390 ™ 240 ™ 140 mm
(15.4 ™ 9.5 ™ 5.5 in.)
4,7 kg (10 lb)
Power
1 000 W
Overall dimensions
(l ™ w ™ h)
Temperature range
50–200 °C (120–390 °F)
Weight
Plate dimensions (l ™ w)
380 ™ 178 mm (15 ™ 7 in.)
43
Dismounting
SKF’s range of heating equipment enables quick and safe dismounting of cylindrical roller bearing inner rings
and covers a wide range of applications. Aluminium heating rings TMBR series are designed for dismounting
inner rings of small and medium-size cylindrical roller bearings. Adjustable and fixed induction heaters
EAZ series are suitable for frequent dismounting of various sizes of cylindrical roller bearing inner rings.
For regular dismounting of cylindrical roller bearings
SKF Aluminium Heating Rings TMBR series
The aluminium heating rings are designed for dismounting inner rings
of cylindrical roller bearings.
They are available for all bearing sizes of the NU, NJ and NUP series.
These series are bearings without flanges or with only one flange on the
inner ring. The rings are available as standard for the following bearing
sizes: 204 to 252, 304 to 340, 406 to 430.
• Simple and easy-to-use
• Avoids shaft and bearing inner ring damage
Technical data
Designation
TMBR Bearing designation; (e.g. TMBR NU216E)
Material
Aluminium
Maximum temperature
300 °C (572 °F)
Cylindrical roller bearings are essential
machine components for applicaitons in
steel, railway and other industries. In many
cases cylindrical roller bearings experience
harsh operating conditions and need to be
replaced frequently. Fixed size EAZ heaters
and corresponding control cabinets are one
SKF dismounting solution that supports fast,
easy and safe dismountig of cylindrical roller
bearing inner rings and similar components.
Fixed size EAZ heaters are customised SKF Induction Heaters for dismounting cylindrical roller bearing inner rings. Please contact SKF to assist you in finding an EAZ heater that
suits your application. EAZ heaters are supplied without a control cabinet. SKF control cabinets are required to operate the fixed size EAZ heater and can be ordered separately.
44
Safe and easy bearing removal in just 3 minutes
SKF Fixed Induction Heater EAZ series
The fixed size EAZ induction heaters are designed to safely and easily dismount
cylindrical roller bearing inner rings, which are often mounted with a very tight
interference fit.
Heating the inner ring rapidly loosens the fit, as the shaft remains cool,
enabling the ring to be removed without causing damage to the shaft or inner
ring. With easy-to-use fixed size EAZ induction heaters, three minutes are
usually enough time to professionally dismount cylindrical roller bearing inner
rings or similar components.
• Control cabinets from SKF provide the necessary power to run fixed size
EAZ heaters and are available with various voltages to operate EAZ heaters
in almost any country. Special versions of the control cabinets are available
that enable up to three EAZ heaters to be used simultaneously.
• In light section mills, rod wire mills or railway applications, EAZ heaters can
often dismount cylindrical roller bearing inner rings with one or more rows
of rollers or multiple inner rings at the same time.
• EAZ induction heaters can also be used to dismount non-bearing elements
like sleeves or rings.
Control cabinet
Examples of EAZ heater designations
Voltage classification
Designation
Inner ring dimension (mm)
F
B
d
interference fit
LV
Low voltage
190 to 230 V
EAZ F179
179
168
145
p6
MV
Medium voltage
400 to 480 V
EAZ F180
180
130
160
p6
HV
High voltage
500 to 575 V
EAZ F202
202
168
180
p6
HVC
High voltage, CSA ready
575 V
EAZ F222-1
222
170
200
p6
EAZ F222
222
200
200
p6
EAZ F226
226
192
200
p6
EAZ F260
260
206
230
r6
EAZ F312
312
220
280
r6
EAZ F332
332
300
300
r6
EAZ F364
364
240
320
p6
Add corresponding class as a suffix to the designation when ordering (e.g. EAZ F312MV).
Control cabinet versions
SS
1x fixed EAZ
max. 250 A
SSD
2x fixed EAZ
max. 350 A
SST
3x fixed EAZ
Add corresponding cabinet version to the designation when ordering (e.g. SSD C350B).
Control cabinet base voltage and frequency code
F d
B
Please, add corresponding F dimension as a suffix to the designation when ordering
(e.g. EAZ F312MV).
A
230 V
50 Hz
B
400 V
50 Hz
C
460 V
60 Hz
E
575 V
60 Hz
Add corresponding control cabinet voltage and frequency code as a suffix to the
designation when ordering (e.g. SSD C350B).
45
For frequent dismounting of cylindrical roller bearings
SKF Adjustable Induction Heaters EAZ series
The SKF EAZ 80/130 and EAZ 130/170 are used for frequent dismounting of
cylindrical bearing inner rings. Where inner rings are removed infrequently,
aluminium heating rings, SKF TMBR series, are also available. For larger
cylindrical inner rings normally found in steel mill applications, SKF can supply
special EAZ induction heaters.
• Covers most cylindrical bearings 65 to 130 mm (2.5 to 5.1 in.)
bore diameter
• Wide range of power supplies
• 1 year warranty
• Avoids shaft and bearing inner ring damage
• Fast and reliable bearing removal
• Up to n6 interference fit
Bearing selection chart (All E–types bearings included)
Designation
For bearings NJ-NUP
EAZ 80/130
213–220
313–319
412–417
1014–1022
2213–2220
2313–2319
222–228
321–324
419–422
1024–1030
2222–2228
2322–2324
EAZ 130/170
For bearings NU
EAZ 80/130
213–221
313–320
412–418
1014–1022
2213–2220
2313–2320
EAZ 130/170
222–228
321–326
419–424
1024–1030
2222–2228
2322–2326
Ordering designations
Designation
Power supply
Current
Designation
Power supply
Current
EAZ 80/130A
2 ™ 230 V/50 Hz
40 A
EAZ 130/170D
3 ™ 230 V/50 Hz
43 A
EAZ 80/130B
2 ™ 400 V/50 Hz
45 A
EAZ 130/170E
3 ™ 400 V/50 Hz
35 A
EAZ 80/130C
2 ™ 460 V/60 Hz
25 A
EAZ 130/170F
3 ™ 460 V/60 Hz
23 A
EAZ 80/130D
2 ™ 415 V/50 Hz
35 A
EAZ 130/170G
3 ™ 420 V/60 Hz
30 A
EAZ 130/170A
2 ™ 230 V/50 Hz
60 A
EAZ 130/170H
3 ™ 415 V/50 Hz
30 A
EAZ 130/170B
2 ™ 400 V/50 Hz
45 A
Dimensions
Designation
EAZ 80/130
Connection cable
5 m (16 ft)
5 m (16 ft)
134 mm (5.3 in.)
50 mm (2.0 in.)
80 ... 132 mm (3.1... 5.2 in.)
180 mm (7.1 in.)
50 mm (2.0 in.)
130 ... 172 mm (5.1 ... 6.8 in.)
28 kg (62 lb)
35 kg (77 lb)
Dimensions
Weight
a
b
c
EAZ 130/170
b
a
46
c
Accessories
For safe handling of heated components up to 150 °C (302 °F)
SKF Heat Resistant Gloves TMBA G11
The SKF TMBA G11 are specially designed for the handling of heated bearings.
Technical data
Designation
TMBA G11
Material
Hytex
Inner lining
Cotton
Size
9
Colour
White
Maximum
temperature
150 °C (302 °F)
Pack size
1 pair
•
•
•
•
Lint free
Heat resistant up to 150 °C (302 °F)
Cut resistant
Tested and certified for mechanical risks
(EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
For safe handling of heated components up to 500 °C (932 °F)
SKF Extreme Temperature Gloves TMBA G11ET
The SKF TMBA G11ET are especially designed for the safe handling of
heated bearings or other components for prolonged periods.
Technical data
Designation
TMBA G11ET
Material
Kevlar
Inner lining
Cotton
Size
10 (EN 420 size)
Colour
Yellow
Maximum
temperature
500 °C (932 °F)
Pack size
1 pair
• Withstands extreme temperatures of up to
500 °C (932 °F) unless in the presence of
hot liquid or steam
• Allows the safe handling of heated
components
• High-degree of non-flammability reduces
the risk of burning
• Extremely tough Kevlar gloves with high cut,
abrasion, puncture and tear resistance for
increased safety
• Lint free
• Tested and certified for mechanical risks
(EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
For safe handling of oily and heated components up to 250 °C (482 °F)
SKF Heat and Oil Resistant Gloves TMBA G11H
The SKF TMBA G11H are specially designed for the handling of hot and
oily bearings.
Technical data
Designation
TMBA G11H
Material
Polyaramid
Inner lining
Nitrile
Size
10
Colour
Blue
Maximum
temperature
250 °C (482 °F)
Pack size
1 pair
• Offers a high degree of heat, cut, oil and
water resistance
• Melt and burn resistant
• Maximum temperature: 250 °C (482 °F)
• Cut resistant
• Lint free
• Suitable for submerging in liquids with
a temperature up to 120 °C (248 °F)
(e.g. hot oil bath)
• Remains heat resistant when wet
• Tested and certified for mechanical risks
(EN 388) and thermal risks (EN 407)
47
Mounting and dismounting bearings
using hydraulic techniques
SKF invented hydraulic techniques for mounting bearings in the 1940s. Since
then, the SKF hydraulic methods have been further developed to become the
preferred mounting methods for larger bearings as well as other components.
These techniques have helped to simplify bearing arrangements and facilitate
correct and easy mounting. Using SKF hydraulic techniques for bearing
dismounting reduces the risk of damaging the bearing or its seating. Additionally,
greater withdrawal forces can be applied with less effort and maximum control,
allowing quick and safe dismounting.
With the SKF hydraulic mounting and dismounting techniques, you can achieve:
• More control, allowing precision, accuracy and repeatability to be maintained
• Minimum risk of damaging the bearings and shafts
• Less manual effort
• Greater operator safety
Makes bearing mounting an easy task
SKF Oil Injection Method
The SKF Oil Injection Method allows bearings and other components with an
interference fit to be fitted in a safe, controllable and rapid manner. The method
does not require keyways to be machined on the shaft, saving valuable time and
money in materials and production. Interference fits (also known as shrink fits)
have long been recognised for their reliability in transmitting large torsional
loads. Very often, interference fits offer the only solution when connecting hubs
to shafts with intermittent or fluctuating loads.
Easy, quick and effortless bearing dismounting
When using the SKF Oil Injection Method, the mating surfaces are
separated by a thin film of oil injected under high pressure, thereby
virtually eliminating the friction between them. The method is versatile
as it can be used for dismounting bearings and other components
mounted on either cylindrical or tapered seatings. When dismounting
bearings mounted on cylindrical seatings, the injected oil can reduce
the required pulling forces by up to 90%. Subsequently, the physical
effort required when using a puller to remove the bearing from its
seating is significantly reduced.
48
When using the SKF Oil Injection Method to dismount bearings mounted
on tapered seatings, the interference fit is completely overcome by the
injected oil. The bearing is then ejected from the seating with great force,
making the use of a puller unnecessary. In this case, a stop-nut must be
used to control the ejection of the bearing. The SKF Oil Injection Method,
which is used for many bearing applications, can also be used in other
applications, such as:
• Couplings
• Gear wheels
• Railway wheels
• Propellers
• Built-up crankshafts
Mounting
Dismounting
Tapered shafts
Cylindrical shafts
Tapered shafts
A
n
A
n
A
n
B
n
B
n
B
n
C
n
C
n
C
n
+
A The concept
n
A The concept
n
A The concept
n
Injecting oil between two tapered surfaces
creates a thin oil film, which reduces the
friction between them, thereby
significantly reducing the mounting force
required. The thin oil film also minimises
the risk of metallic contact when mounting,
reducing the risk of component damage.
By injecting oil of a certain viscosity between
two shrink fitted surfaces, the mating
surfaces will become separated by a thin oil
film. The dismounting force required is thus
greatly reduced. The thin oil film also
minimises the risk of metallic contact when
dismounting, reducing the risk of component
damage.
Injecting the oil between two tapered
surfaces will create a reaction force which
could be quite substantial as the oil will also
act as a “hydraulic cylinder” which can push
the outer component off.
B The preparation
n
During manufacture, the shafts are
prepared with oil ducts and grooves. For
technical information on how to prepare
the shafts, consult an SKF application
engineer.
B The preparation
n
C The action
n
C The action
n
Bearings are mounted by pushing them
up the shaft with the aid of an SKF HMV ..
E nut. The force to mount the bearing is
reduced if oil is injected between the shaft
and the bearing. This is often done with
larger size bearings.
Dismounting the bearing is made easier by
pumping oil under pressure between the
mating surfaces. Once the oil pressure has
built up, the component can be removed
from the shaft with a minimum of effort.
During manufacture, the shafts are prepared
with oil ducts and grooves. For technical
information on how to prepare the shafts,
consult an SKF application engineer.
B The preparation
n
During manufacture, the shafts are prepared
with oil ducts and grooves. For technical
information on how to prepare the shafts,
consult an SKF application engineer.
C The action
n
Bearings are dismounted by injecting oil
between the mating surfaces and when
sufficient pressure is reached, the bearing
will be pushed off. A nut is required to keep
the bearing from sliding off the shaft.
49
SKF Drive-up Method
Accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and
CARB toroidal roller bearings
The SKF Drive-up Method is a well-proven method, unique to SKF, of
accurately achieving the adjustment of spherical roller and CARB toroidal roller
bearings mounted on tapered seatings. The correct fit is achieved by controlling
the axial drive-up of the bearing from a predetermined position. The method
incorporates the use of an SKF HMV ..E hydraulic nut fitted with a dial indicator,
and a high accuracy digital pressure gauge, mounted on the selected pump.
Special hydraulic pressure tables have been developed, providing the required
pressures, for each bearing type. This enables accurate positioning of the
bearing at the starting point from where the axial drive-up is measured.
• Reduces the use of feeler gauges
• Greatly reduces the time to mount spherical roller and CARB toroidal
roller bearings
• A reliable and accurate method of adjustment
• The only suitable way to mount sealed spherical roller and
CARB bearings
Products for the SKF Drive-up Method
The SKF Drive-up Method
Designation
Description
HMV ..E (e.g. HMV 54E)
Metric thread hydraulic nut
HMVC ..E (e.g. HMVC 54E)
Inch thread hydraulic nut
HMV ..E/A101 (e.g. HMV 54E/A101)
Unthreaded hydraulic nut
729124 DU (for nuts ≤ HMV 54E)
Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
TMJL 100DU (for nuts ≤ HMV 92E)
Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
TMJL 50DU (all sizes HMV ..E nuts)
Pump with digital gauge (MPa/psi)
THGD 100
Digital gauge only (MPa/psi)
TMCD 10R
Horizontal dial indicator (0–10 mm)
TMCD 5P
Vertical dial indicator (0–5 mm)
TMCD 1/2R
Horizontal dial indicator (0–0.5 in.)
Technical data – Hydraulic pumps
Designation
729124 DU
TMJL 100DU
TMJL 50DU
Max. pressure
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
50 MPa (7 250 psi)
Volume/stroke
0,5 cm³ (0.03 in.³)
1,0 cm³ (0.06 in.³)
3,5 cm³ (0.21 in.³)
Oil container capacity
250 cm³ (15 in.³)
800 cm³ (48 in.³)
2 700 cm³ (165 in.³)
Digital pressure
gauge unit
MPa/psi
MPa/psi
MPa/psi
Note: All above pumps are supplied complete with digital pressure gauge, high pressure hose and quick connect coupling.
50
Step by step procedure
One sliding surface
One sliding surface
1. Determine whether one or two surfaces slide during mounting;
see figures.
2. Lightly oil all mating surfaces with a thin oil, e.g. SKF LHMF 300,
and carefully place the bearing on the shaft.
3. Drive the bearing up to the starting position by applying the required
hydraulic nut pressure. Monitor the pressure using the gauge on the
selected pump. SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124 DU is suitable for SKF
Hydraulic Nuts ≤ HMV 54E. SKF TMJL 100DU is suitable for SKF
Hydraulic Nuts ≤ HMV 92E while SKF TMJL 50DU is suitable for nuts
≤ HMV 200E. As an alternative, the digital pressure gauge THGD 100
can be screwed directly into the hydraulic nut.
4. Drive the bearing up the taper by the required distance Ss.
The axial drive-up is best monitored by a dial indicator.
The SKF Hydraulic Nut HMV ..E is prepared for dial indicators.
Normally, the bearing is now mounted with a suitable interference
on the shaft and a suitable residual clearance.
Two sliding surfaces
The required hydraulic nut pressure and axial drive-up value, for many
operating conditions, can be found at skf.com/mount.
Two sliding surfaces
A1 Zero position
A2 Starting position
A3 Final position
A1
A3
A2
Ss
S
Patent protected
For use with previous generation of SKF HMV(C) hydraulic nuts
SKF Hydraulic Nut Drive-up Adapter HMVA 42/200
The SKF Drive-up Method is the preferred method for mounting SKF spherical
roller and CARB toroidal roller bearings on tapered seatings. An adapter, used
in conjunction with an SKF Dial Indicator, the adapter allows the previous
generation of SKF HMV nuts to be used with the SKF Drive-up Method.
The adapter can be used with nuts from size SKF HMV(C) 42
to HMV(C) 200. The adapter is not required for the current
generation of SKF HMV(C) ..E nuts.
• One adapter suits the previous generation nuts from
SKF HMV(C) 42 up to 200
• Rugged construction
• Easy to attach to the SKF HMV nut using strong magnets
• Used in conjunction with SKF dial indicators
51
Hydraulic nuts
Easy application of high drive-up forces
Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series
Mounting bearings on tapered seatings can be a difficult and time-consuming
job. Using an SKF Hydraulic Nut facilitates easy and quick application of the
high drive-up forces required for mounting bearings. Dismounting bearings
mounted on either adapter or withdrawal sleeves is also often a difficult and
time-consuming job. These problems can be reduced with the use of an SKF
Hydraulic Nut. Oil is pumped into the nut and the piston is pushed out with a
force, which is sufficient to free the sleeve. All SKF HMV ..E nuts are supplied
with a quick connection coupling to fit the SKF hydraulic pumps.
• Wide size range, covering shaft diameters from 50 to 1 000 mm
as standard
• Full range of inch threads available, series HMVC ..E from 1.967 up
to 37.410 in.
• Quick connection coupling can be fitted on the face or side of the nut,
allowing the nut to be used in areas where space is limited
• A spare set of piston seals and maintenance kit is supplied as standard
• To assist nut threading, a tube of lubricant is supplied with all nuts of
size HMV(C) 54E and larger
• To facilitate easy nut threading, all nuts from size HMV(C) 54E
are equipped with two tommy bars and four mating holes on
their front face
• Nuts from size HMV(C) 94E are equipped with eyebolts, allowing
easy handling
• Nuts from size HMV(C) 94E have the starting position of the thread
indicated, facilitating easy matching of thread positions on both the
nut and mating thread
• Special threads and sizes available on request
Technical data – HMV E series (metric)
Maximum working pressure of
HMV(C)...E nuts
• HMV(C) 40E and smaller
60 MPa (8 700 psi)
• HMV(C) 40-60E
40 MPa (5 800 psi)
• HMV(C) 60-100E
30 MPa (4 350 psi)
• HMV(C) 100E and larger
25 MPa (3 600 psi)
52
Designation
HMV E
Thread form
HMV 10E – HMV 40E
HMV 41E – HMV 200E
ISO 965 / 111-1980 tolerance class 6H
ISO 2901-1977 tolerance class 7H
Mounting fluid
LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMV 10E – HMV 54E
HMV 56E – HMV 92E
HMV 94E – HMV 200E
729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
728619 E / TMJL 50
Quick connection nipple
729832 A (included)
Other types available
Inch series nuts
HMVC E series
Nuts without threads
HMV...E / A101
Mounting
HMV ..E nut for driving the
bearing onto a tapered seating.
HMV ..E nut screwed onto the
shaft for driving in a withdrawal
sleeve.
HMV ..E nut for driving the
bearing onto an adapter sleeve.
HMV ..E nut and special stop
nut for driving in a withdrawal
sleeve.
Dismounting
HMV ..E nut and stop ring in
position to press an adapter
sleeve free.
HMV ..E nut used to free a
withdrawal sleeve.
Ordering details and dimensions – HMV E series (metric)
Designation
HMV 10E
HMV 11E
HMV 12E
HMV 13E
HMV 14E
HMV 15E
HMV 16E
HMV 17E
HMV 18E
HMV 19E
HMV 20E
HMV 21E
HMV 22E
HMV 23E
HMV 24E
HMV 25E
HMV 26E
HMV 27E
HMV 28E
HMV 29E
HMV 30E
HMV 31E
HMV 32E
HMV 33E
Permitted
Piston
piston
area
displacement
Weight
G
thread
d1
mm
d2
mm
d3
mm
B
mm
B1
mm
mm
mm²
kg
M50™1,5
M55™2
M60™2
M65™2
M70™2
M75™2
M80™2
M85™2
M90™2
M95™2
M100™2
M105™2
M110™2
M115™2
M120™2
M125™2
M130™2
M135™2
M140™2
M145™2
M150™2
M155™3
M160™3
M165™3
50,5
55,5
60,5
65,5
70,5
75,5
80,5
85,5
90,5
95,5
100,5
105,5
110,5
115,5
120,5
125,5
130,5
135,5
140,5
145,5
150,5
155,5
160,5
165,5
104
109
115
121
127
132
137
142
147
153
158
163
169
174
179
184
190
195
200
206
211
218
224
229
114
120
125
130
135
140
146
150
156
162
166
172
178
182
188
192
198
204
208
214
220
226
232
238
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
2 900
3 150
3 300
3 600
3 800
4 000
4 200
4 400
4 700
4 900
5 100
5 300
5 600
5 800
6 000
6 200
6 400
6 600
6 800
7 300
7 500
8 100
8 600
8 900
2,70
2,75
2,80
3,00
3,20
3,40
3,70
3,75
4,00
4,30
4,40
4,65
4,95
5,00
5,25
5,35
5,65
5,90
6,00
6,50
6,60
6,95
7,60
7,90
A
A¹
A-A¹
B
B1
G 1/4
d3 G
d1 d2
G 1/4
53
Ordering details and dimensions – HMV E series (metric)
Designation
HMV 34E
HMV 36E
HMV 38E
HMV 40E
HMV 41E
HMV 42E
HMV 43E
HMV 44E
HMV 45E
HMV 46E
HMV 47E
HMV 48E
HMV 50E
HMV 52E
HMV 54E
HMV 56E
HMV 58E
HMV 60E
HMV 62E
HMV 64E
HMV 66E
HMV 68E
HMV 69E
HMV 70E
HMV 72E
HMV 73E
HMV 74E
HMV 76E
HMV 77E
HMV 80E
HMV 82E
HMV 84E
HMV 86E
HMV 88E
HMV 90E
HMV 92E
HMV 94E
HMV 96E
HMV 98E
HMV 100E
HMV 102E
HMV 104E
HMV 106E
HMV 108E
HMV 110E
HMV 112E
HMV 114E
HMV 116E
HMV 120E
HMV 126E
HMV 130E
HMV 134E
HMV 138E
HMV 142E
HMV 150E
HMV 160E
HMV 170E
HMV 180E
HMV 190E
HMV 200E
54
Permitted
Piston
piston
area
displacement
Weight
G
thread
d1
mm
d2
mm
d3
mm
B
mm
B1
mm
mm
mm²
kg
M170™3
M180™3
M190™3
M200™3
Tr205™4
Tr210™4
Tr215™4
Tr220™4
Tr225™4
Tr230™4
Tr235™4
Tr240™4
Tr250™4
Tr260™4
Tr270™4
Tr280™4
Tr290™4
Tr300™4
Tr310™5
Tr320™5
Tr330™5
Tr340™5
Tr345™5
Tr350™5
Tr360™5
Tr365™5
Tr370™5
Tr380™5
Tr385™5
Tr400™5
Tr410™5
Tr420™5
Tr430™5
Tr440™5
Tr450™5
Tr460™5
Tr470™5
Tr480™5
Tr490™5
Tr500™5
Tr510™6
Tr520™6
Tr530™6
Tr540™6
Tr550™6
Tr560™6
Tr570™6
Tr580™6
Tr600™6
Tr630™6
Tr650™6
Tr670™6
Tr690™6
Tr710™7
Tr750™7
Tr800™7
Tr850™7
Tr900™7
Tr950™8
Tr1000™8
170,5
180,5
191
201
207
212
217
222
227
232
237
242
252
262
272
282
292
302
312
322
332
342
347
352
362
367
372
382
387
402
412
422
432
442
452
462
472
482
492
502
512
522
532
542
552
562
572
582
602
632
652
672
692
712
752
802
852
902
952
1 002
235
247
259
271
276
282
287
293
300
305
311
316
329
341
352
363
375
386
397
409
419
430
436
442
455
460
466
476
483
499
510
522
532
543
554
565
576
587
597
609
624
634
645
657
667
678
689
699
721
754
775
796
819
840
883
936
990
1 043
1 097
1 150
244
256
270
282
288
294
300
306
312
318
326
330
342
356
368
380
390
404
416
428
438
450
456
464
472
482
486
498
504
522
534
546
556
566
580
590
602
612
624
636
648
658
670
682
693
704
716
726
748
782
804
826
848
870
912
965
1 020
1 075
1 126
1 180
41
41
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
46
46
46
47
48
49
49
51
52
53
53
54
54
56
56
57
57
58
58
60
61
61
62
62
64
64
65
65
66
67
68
68
69
69
70
71
72
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
83
86
86
88
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
22
23
23
23
23
23
24
25
25
25
25
26
30
30
34
9 400
10 300
11 500
12 500
12 800
13 400
13 700
14 400
15 200
15 500
16 200
16 500
17 600
18 800
19 800
21 100
22 400
23 600
24 900
26 300
27 000
28 400
29 400
29 900
31 300
31 700
32 800
33 500
34 700
36 700
38 300
40 000
40 800
42 500
44 100
45 100
46 900
48 600
49 500
51 500
53 300
54 300
56 200
58 200
59 200
61 200
63 200
64 200
67 300
72 900
76 200
79 500
84 200
87 700
95 200
103 900
114 600
124 100
135 700
145 800
8,40
9,15
10,5
11,5
12,0
12,5
13,0
13,5
14,5
14,5
16,0
16,0
17,5
19,0
20,5
22,0
22,5
25,5
27,0
29,5
30,0
31,5
32,5
35,0
35,5
38,5
39,0
40,5
41,0
45,5
48,0
50,0
52,5
54,0
57,5
60,0
62,0
63,0
66,0
70,0
74,0
75,0
79,0
81,0
84,0
88,0
91,0
94,0
100
110
115
120
127
135
146
161
181
205
218
239
A
A¹
A-A¹
B
B1
G 1/4
d3 G
G 1/4
d1 d2
Technical data – HMVC E series (inch)
Designation
HMVC E
Thread form
HMVC 10E – HMVC 64E
HMVC 68E – HMVC 190E
American National Form Threads Class 3
ACME General Purpose Threads Class 3 G
Mounting fluid
LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMVC 10E – HMVC 52E
HMVC 56E – HMVC 92E
HMVC 94E – HMVC 190E
729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
728619 E / TMJL 50
Quick connection nipple
729832 A (included)
Other types available
Inch series nuts
HMVC E series
Nuts without threads
HMV...E/A101
Ordering details and dimensions – HMVC E series (inch)
Designation
HMVC 10E
HMVC 11E
HMVC 12E
HMVC 13E
HMVC 14E
HMVC 15E
HMVC 16E
HMVC 17E
HMVC 18E
HMVC 19E
HMVC 20E
HMVC 21E
HMVC 22E
HMVC 24E
HMVC 26E
HMVC 28E
HMVC 30E
HMVC 32E
HMVC 34E
HMVC 36E
HMVC 38E
HMVC 40E
HMVC 44E
HMVC 46E
HMVC 48E
HMVC 52E
HMVC 54E
HMVC 56E
HMVC 60E
HMVC 64E
HMVC 68E
HMVC 72E
HMVC 76E
HMVC 80E
HMVC 84E
HMVC 88E
HMVC 92E
HMVC 96E
HMVC 100E
Pitch
diameter
Threads
G
in.
in.
–
d1
in.
d2
in.
d3
in.
B
in.
1.967
2.157
2.360
2.548
2.751
2.933
3.137
3.340
3.527
3.730
3.918
4.122
4.325
4.716
5.106
5.497
5.888
6.284
6.659
7.066
7.472
7.847
8.628
9.125
9.442
10.192
10.604
11.004
11.785
12.562
13.339
14.170
14.957
15.745
16.532
17.319
18.107
18.894
19.682
1.9309
2.1209
2.3239
2.5119
2.7149
2.8789
3.0829
3.2859
3.4729
3.6759
3.8639
4.0679
4.2709
4.6619
5.0519
5.4429
5.8339
6.2028
6.5778
6.9848
7.3908
7.7658
8.5468
9.0440
9.3337
10.0837
10.4960
10.8957
11.6767
12.4537
13.2190
14.0500
14.8370
15.6250
16.4120
17.1990
17.9870
18.7740
19.5620
18
18
18
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.7
5.1
5.5
5.9
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
7.9
8.7
9.1
9.5
10.3
10.7
11.1
11.9
12.7
13.5
14.3
15.0
15.8
16.6
17.4
18.2
19.0
19.8
4.1
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
5.8
6.0
6.2
6.4
6.7
7.0
7.5
7.9
8.3
8.8
9.3
9.7
10.2
10.7
11.5
12.0
12.4
13.4
13.9
14.3
15.2
16.1
16.9
17.9
18.7
19.6
20.6
21.4
22.2
23.1
24.0
4.5
4.7
4.9
5.1
5.3
5.5
5.7
5.9
6.1
6.4
6.5
6.8
7.0
7.4
7.8
8.2
8.7
9.1
9.6
10.1
10.6
11.1
12.0
12.5
13.0
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.9
16.9
17.7
18.6
19.6
20.6
21.5
22.3
23.3
24.1
25.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
Weight
B1
in.
Permitted
Piston
piston
area
displacement
in.
in.²
lb
0.16
0.16
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.28
0.31
0.35
0.35
0.39
0.43
0.47
0.47
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.75
0.75
4.5
4.9
5.1
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.7
9.3
9.9
10.5
11.6
13.3
14.6
16.0
17.8
19.4
22.3
24.0
25.6
29.1
30.7
32.7
36.6
40.8
44.0
48.5
51.9
56.9
62.0
65.9
69.9
75.3
79.8
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.6
7.1
7.5
8.2
8.3
8.8
9.5
9.7
10.3
10.9
11.6
12.5
13.2
14.6
16.8
18.5
20.2
23.1
25.4
29.8
31.9
35.3
41.9
45.2
48.5
56.2
65.0
69.4
78.3
89.3
100
110
119
132
139
154
B
B1
G 1/4
d3 G
d1 d2
G 1/4
55
Ordering details and dimensions – HMVC E series (inch)
Designation
Pitch
diameter
Threads
Weight
B1
in.
Permitted
Piston
piston
area
displacement
G
in.
in.
–
d1
in.
d2
in.
d3
in.
B
in.
HMVC 106E
20.867
20.7220
4
20.9
25.4
26.4
in.
in.²
lb
2.7
0.51
0.83
87.1
HMVC 112E
22.048
21.9030
4
22.1
26.7
174
27.7
2.8
0.51
0.87
94.9
194
HMVC 120E
23.623
23.4780
4
23.7
28.4
29.4
2.9
0.51
0.91
104.3
220
HMVC 126E
24.804
24.6590
4
HMVC 134E
26.379
26.2340
4
24.9
29.7
30.8
2.9
0.55
0.91
113.0
243
26.5
31.3
32.5
3.0
0.55
0.94
123.2
HMVC 142E
27.961
27.7740
265
3
28.0
33.1
34.3
3.1
0.59
0.98
135.9
HMVC 150E
29.536
298
29.3490
3
29.6
34.8
35.9
3.1
0.59
0.98
147.6
HMVC 160E
322
31.504
31.3170
3
31.6
36.9
38.0
3.1
0.63
0.98
161.0
355
HMVC 170E
33.473
33.2860
3
33.5
39.0
40.2
3.3
0.63
1.02
177.6
399
HMVC 180E
35.441
35.2540
3
35.5
41.1
42.3
3.4
0.67
1.18
192.4
452
HMVC 190E
37.410
37.2230
3
37.5
43.2
44.3
3.4
0.67
1.18
210.3
481
B
B1
G 1/4
d1 d2
d3 G
G 1/4
Technical data – HMV E/A101 series (unthreaded)
Designation
HMV E/A101
Mounting fluid
LHMF 300
Recommended pumps
HMV 10E/A101 – HMV 52E/A101
HMV 54E/A101 – HMV 92E/A101
HMV 94E/A101 – HMV 200E/A101
729124 / TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
TMJL 100 / 728619 E / TMJL 50
728619 E/ TMJL 50
Quick connection nipple
729832 A (included)
Ordering details and dimensions – HMV E/A101 series (unthreaded)
Designation
HMV 10E/A101
HMV 11E/A101
HMV 12E/A101
HMV 13E/A101
HMV 14E/A101
HMV 15E/A101
HMV 16E/A101
HMV 17E/A101
HMV 18E/A101
HMV 19E/A101
HMV 20E/A101
HMV 21E/A101
HMV 22E/A101
HMV 23E/A101
HMV 24E/A101
HMV 25E/A101
HMV 26E/A101
HMV 27E/A101
HMV 28E/A101
HMV 29E/A101
HMV 30E/A101
HMV 31E/A101
HMV 32E/A101
HMV 33E/A101
HMV 34E/A101
HMV 36E/A101
HMV 38E/A101
HMV 40E/A101
56
Bore diameter
G
mm
in.
46,7
51,1
56,1
61,1
66,1
71,1
76,1
81,1
86,1
91,1
96,1
101,1
106,1
111,1
116,1
121,1
126,1
131,1
136,1
141,1
146,1
149,8
154,8
159,8
164,8
174,8
184,8
194,8
1.84
2.01
2.21
2.41
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.19
3.39
3.59
3.78
3.98
4.18
4.37
4.57
4.77
4.96
5.16
5.36
5.56
5.75
5.90
6.09
6.29
6.49
6.88
7.28
7.67
Designation
HMV 41E/A101
HMV 42E/A101
HMV 43E/A101
HMV 44E/A101
HMV 45E/A101
HMV 46E/A101
HMV 47E/A101
HMV 48E/A101
HMV 50E/A101
HMV 52E/A101
HMV 54E/A101
HMV 56E/A101
HMV 58E/A101
HMV 60E/A101
HMV 62E/A101
HMV 64E/A101
HMV 66E/A101
HMV 68E/A101
HMV 69E/A101
HMV 70E/A101
HMV 72E/A101
HMV 73E/A101
HMV 74E/A101
HMV 76E/A101
HMV 77E/A101
HMV 80E/A101
HMV 82E/A101
HMV 84E/A101
Bore diameter
G
mm
in.
200,2
205,2
210,2
215,2
220,2
225,2
230,2
235,2
245,2
255,2
265,2
275,2
285,2
295,2
304,7
314,7
324,7
334,7
339,7
344,7
354,7
359,7
364,7
374,7
379,7
394,7
404,7
414,7
7.88
8.08
8.28
8.47
8.67
8.87
9.06
9.26
9.65
10.05
10.44
10.83
11.23
11.62
12.00
12.39
12.78
13.18
13.37
13.57
13.96
14.16
14.36
14.75
14.95
15.54
15.93
16.33
Designation
Bore diameter
G
mm
in.
HMV 86E/A101
HMV 88E/A101
424,7
434,7
16.72
17.11
HMV 90E/A101
HMV 92E/A101
HMV 94E/A101
HMV 96E/A101
HMV 98E/A101
HMV 100E/A101
HMV 102E/A101
HMV 104E/A101
HMV 106E/A101
HMV 108E/A101
HMV 110E/A101
HMV 112E/A101
HMV 114E/A101
HMV 116E/A101
HMV 120E/A101
HMV 126E/A101
HMV 130E/A101
HMV 134E/A101
HMV 138E/A101
HMV 142E/A101
HMV 150E/A101
HMV 160E/A101
HMV 170E/A101
HMV 180E/A101
HMV 190E/A101
HMV 200E/A101
444,7
454,7
464,7
474,7
484,7
494,7
503,7
513,7
523,7
533,7
543,7
553,7
563,7
573,7
593,7
623,7
643,7
663,7
683,7
702,7
742,7
792,7
842,7
892,7
941,7
991,7
17.51
17.90
18.30
18.69
19.08
19.48
19.83
20.22
20.62
21.01
21.41
21.80
22.19
22.59
23.37
24.56
25.34
26.13
26.92
27.67
29.24
31.21
33.18
35.15
37.07
39.04
A
A¹
A-A¹
B
B1
G 1/4
d3 G
G 1/4
d1 d2
Hydraulic pump and oil injector selection guide
Max. working
pressure
Pump
Type
Oil container
capacity
Connection
nipple
Application examples
SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chamber
30 MPa (4 350 psi)
THAP 030E
Air-driven pump
Separate container
G 3/4
50 MPa (7 250 psi)
TMJL 50
Hand operated pump
2 700 cm3 (165 in.3)
G 1/4
All HMV ..E (dismounting with sleeves only)
SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chamber
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
729124
Hand operated pump
250 cm3 (15 in.3)
G 1/4
≤ HMV 54E (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for small bearings
TMJL 100
Hand operated pump
800 cm3 (48 in.3)
G 1/4
≤ HMV 92E (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for medium bearings
THAP 150E
Air-driven pump
Separate container
G 3/4
Bolt tensioners, propellers
Oil injection for large bearing seatings
728619 E
Hand operated pump
2 550 cm3 (155 in.3)
G 1/4
All HMV ..E nuts (dismounting with sleeves only)
Oil injection for bearing seatings
THAP 300E
Air-driven oil injector
Separate container
G 3/4
OK Couplings
Large pressure joints
Oil injection for bearing seatings
226400 E
Hand operated
oil injector
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
G 3/4
OK Couplings
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
729101/
300MPA
Oil injection kit
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
Several
OK Couplings
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
Complete kit / set suitable for many applications
THKI 300
Oil injection set
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
Several
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
Complete kit / set suitable for many applications
THAP 400E
Air-driven oil injector
Separate container
G 3/4
OK Couplings
Large pressure joints
Oil injection for bearing seatings
226400 E/400
Hand operated
oil injector
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
G 3/4
OK Couplings
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
729101/
400MPA
Oil injection kit
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
Several
OK Couplings
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
Complete kit / set suitable for many applications
THKI 400
Oil injection set
200 cm3 (12.2 in.3)
Several
Adapter / withdrawal sleeves
Oil injection for bearing seatings
Pressure joints
Complete kit / set suitable for many applications
150 MPa (21 750 psi)
300 MPa (43 500 psi)
400 MPa (58 000 psi)
* The interference fi t and application size may mean that a pump / injector with a higher pressure and/or container volume is required.
729124
TMJL 50
58
58
226400 E series
TMJL 100
729101 series
60
728619 E
59
THKI series
61
59
THAP E series
61
62
57
Hydraulic pumps
50 MPa (7 250 psi)
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 50
SKF Hydraulic Pump 729124
The SKF TMJL 50 is mainly intended for larger SKF
Hydraulic Nuts and SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chambers,
but is also suitable for applications where a maximum
pressure of 50 MPa (7 250 psi) is required.
The SKF 729124 is mainly intended for SKF Hydraulic
Nuts (≤ HMV 54E) to mount bearings or components
where a maximum pressure of 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
is required.
• Large oil container capacity 2 700 cm³ (165 in.³)
• Over pressure valve and connection port for a pressure gauge
• Packed in a sturdy protective case
• Oil container capacity 250 cm³ (15 in.³)
• Fitted with a pressure gauge
• Packed in a sturdy protective case
Applications
Applications
• SKF OK Coupling hydraulic chambers
• All sizes SKF Hydraulic Nuts
• All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
is 50 MPa (7 250 psi)
• SKF Hydraulic Nuts ≤ HMV 54E
• All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
is 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
• For applications where space does not permit the use of a quick
connect coupling and nipple, such as AOH sleeves, a special pump
design is available (SKF 729124 A)
Technical data
Designation
TMJL 50
729124
TMJL 100
728619 E
Maximum pressure
50 MPa (7 250 psi)
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
100 MPa (14 500 psi)
150 MPa (21 750 psi)
Oil container capacity
2 700 cm³ (165 in.³)
250 cm³ (15 in.³)
800 cm³ (48 in.³)
2 550 cm³ (155 in.³)
Volume/stroke
3,5 cm³ (0.21 in.³)
0,5 cm³ (0.03 in.³)
1,0 cm³ (0.06 in.³)
1st stage: 20 cm³ below 2,5 MPa
(1.2 in.³ below 362 psi)
2nd stage: 1 cm³ above 2,5 MPa
(0.06 in.³ above 362 psi)
Length of pressure hose fitted
with quick connection coupling
3 000 mm (118 in.)
1 500 mm (59 in.)
3 000 mm (118 in.)
3 000 mm (118 in.)
Connection nipple (included)
G 1/4 quick connection
G 1/4 quick connection
G 1/4 quick connection
G 1/4 quick connection
Weight
12 kg (26 lb)
3,5 kg (8 lb)
13 kg (29 lb)
11,4 kg (25 lb)
All SKF Hydraulic Pumps are filled with SKF Mounting Fluid and are supplied with an extra litre of fluid.
58
Large oil container 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
150 MPa (21 750 psi)
SKF Hydraulic Pump TMJL 100
SKF Hydraulic Pump 728619 E
The SKF TMJL 100 pump is mainly intended for use
with hydraulic nuts (≤ HMV 92E) to mount bearings or
components where a maximum pressure of 100 MPa
(14 500 psi) is required.
The SKF 728619 E is a two-stage pump suitable for
use with SKF Supergrip Bolts and to mount bearings
or components where a maximum pressure of 150 MPa
(21 750 psi) is required.
• Oil container capacity 800 cm³ (48 in.³)
• Fitted with a pressure gauge
• Packed in a sturdy protective case
•
•
•
•
Applications
• SKF Hydraulic Nuts ≤ HMV 92E
• All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
is 100 MPa (14 500 psi)
• Suitable with SKF Hydraulic Assisted Pullers TMHP series
Oil container capacity 2 550 cm³ (155 in.³)
Two stage pressure pumping
Fitted with a pressure gauge
Packed in a sturdy protective case
Applications
• SKF Supergrip Bolts
• All other oil injection applications where the maximum pressure
is 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
• All sizes SKF Hydraulic Nuts
SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300 and
SKF Dismounting Fluid LHDF 900
SKF mounting and dismounting fluids are suitable for use with
SKF hydraulic equipment, including hydraulic pumps, HMV ..E nuts
and oil injection tools in mounting and dismounting jobs. All SKF
Hydraulic Pumps are filled with SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300 and
are supplied with an extra litre of fluid.
LHMF 300
LHDF 900
For more information, see page 69
59
Oil Injectors
To enable the SKF Oil Injection Method to be used, a range of oil
injectors, kits and sets are available. Depending on the model chosen,
working pressures up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi) can be achieved.
In addition, a comprehensive range of high pressure accessories such
as pipes, connection nipples, extension pipes and plugs permit the
use of SKF Oil Injectors for many different applications.
300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Oil Injector 226400 E series
The 226400 E series is suitable for many applications
using the SKF Oil Injection Method. The injector is supplied
with an oil reservoir in a compact carrying case.
The injector can be mounted directly onto the work piece or connected
to an adapter block to make a floor standing model, making it easy to
connect pressure gauges and high-pressure pipes. For applications where
400 MPa (58 000 psi) is required, the SKF 226400 E/400 is available.
• Easy to operate.
• Compact carrying case.
• When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically returned
to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to the environment.
• Oil container capacity 200 cm³ (12.2 in.³).
• Can be used with a wide range of accessories, such as:
– Adapter block
– Pressure gauges
– High pressure pipes
– Connecting nipples
Technical data
Designation
226400 E
729101/300MPA
226400 E/400
729101/400MPA
THKI 300
THKI 400
Maximum pressure
300 MPa
(43 500 psi)
400 MPa
(58 000 psi)
300 MPa
(43 500 psi)
400 MPa
(58 000 psi)
Volume per stroke
0,23 cm³
(0.014 in.³)
0,23 cm³
(0.014 in.³)
0,23 cm³
(0.014 in³)
0,23 cm³
(0.014 in³)
Oil reservoir capacity
200 cm³
(12.2 in.³)
200 cm³
(12.2 in.³)
200 cm³
(12.2 in³)
200 cm³
(12.2 in³)
Connecting threads
G 3/4
G 3/4
G 3/4
G 3/4
60
300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi)
300 and 400 MPa (43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Oil Injection Kits 729101 series
SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series
The 729101 series of SKF Oil Injection Kits are suitable
for many applications using the SKF Oil Injection Method.
Each kit contains an SKF Oil Injector complete with a high
pressure pipe, pressure gauge, adapter block and a range
of connection nipples.
The SKF THKI series is used for the mounting and
dismounting of pressure joints of all sizes and applications
such as rolling bearings, couplings, gears, flywheels
and railway wheels. The set consists of a stand-mounted
oil injector complete with a high pressure pipe, pressure
gauge and a range of connection nipples.
• Injector can be used directly on the application or by connecting
to the accessories provided
• All items packed in a sturdy, compact carrying case especially
suitable for field use
• When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically
returned to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to
the environment
• Oil container capacity 200 cm³ (12.2 in.³).
• Designed to be especially suitable for workshop use.
• When the pressure is released, the unused oil is automatically
returned to the reservoir, minimizing the risk of oil leakage to
the environment.
• Oil container capacity 200 cm³ (12.2 in.³).
• Can be used for applications requiring a maximum pressure
of up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi).
Contents list
Designation
729101/300MPA
729101/400MPA
THKI 300
THKI 400
Oil injector
226400 E
226400 E/400
1077589
1077589/3
Adapter block
226402
226402
227957 A
227957 A/400 MP
Pressure gauge
1077589
1077589/3
1077589
1077589/3
227957 A
227957 A/400 MP
227957 A
227957 A/400 MP
Connection nipple (G 1/4 – 1/8)
1014357 A
–
1014357 A
–
Connection nipple (G 1/4 – 1/2)
1016402E
1016402E
1016402E
1016402E
Connection nipple (G 1/4 – 3/4)
228027E
228027E
228027E
228027E
Mounting fluid
–
–
LHMF 300/1
LHMF 300/1
Carrying case
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
High pressure pipe
(G 3/4 – 1/4)
61
Air-driven hydraulic pumps and injectors
30, 150, 300 and 400 MPa (4 350, 21 750, 43 500 and 58 000 psi)
SKF Air-driven Hydraulic Pumps and Oil Injectors, THAP E series
The THAP E air-driven hydraulic pumps and oil injectors are available in four different
pressure versions. They can be used for mounting OK Couplings, large pressure joints
such as bearings, flywheels, couplings and railway wheels. The THAP E unit consists
of a hydraulic pump or high pressure oil injector, driven by an air motor.
The units are supplied in a sturdy case including oil suction and return
hoses with quick connect couplings. The units can also be supplied in
complete sets, consisting of a THAP E and such accessories as a pressure
gauge, high pressure pipe or pressure hose.
•
•
•
•
•
Time savings compared to hand operated pumps and oil injectors
Portable
Continuous supply of oil
Sturdy storage boxes
Low, medium and high pressure units
Applications
• SKF OK Couplings
• Mounting bearings
• Mounting ship propellers, rudder pintles,
railway wheels and other similar applications
THAP E SET
THAP E
Technical data
Designation
THAP 030E
Nominal hydraulic pressure
30 MPa
(4 350 psi)
THAP 150E
150 MPa
(21 750 psi)
(101.5 psi)
THAP 300E
300 MPa
(43 500 psi)
THAP 400E
400 MPa
(58 000 psi)
(101.5 psi)
Maximum air pressure
7 bar
(101.5 psi)
7 bar
7 bar
(101.5 psi)
7 bar
Volume/stroke
10 cm³
(0.61 in.³)
1,92 cm³ (0.12 in.³)
0,83 cm³
(0.05 in.³)
0,64 cm³ (0.039 in.³)
Oil outlet
G 3/4
G 3/4
G 3/4
Length
350 mm
(13.9 in.)
350 mm
(13.9 in.)
405 mm
G 3/4
(16 in.)
405 mm
(16 in.)
Height
202 mm
(8 in.)
202 mm
(8 in.)
202 mm
(8 in.)
202 mm
(8 in.)
Width
171 mm
(6.7 in.)
171 mm
(6.7 in.)
171 mm
(6.7 in.)
171 mm
(6.7 in.)
Weight
11,5 kg
(25.3 lb)
11,5 kg
(25.3 lb)
13 kg
(28.6 lb)
13 kg
(28.6 lb)
Also available as complete set in carrying case
THAP 030E/SET
Consisting of pump, high pressure hose and connecting nipples.
THAP 150E/SET
Consisting of pump, pressure gauge, high pressure hose and connecting nipples.
THAP 300E/SET
Consisting of oil injector, pressure gauge and high pressure pipe.
THAP 400E/SET
Consisting of oil injector, pressure gauge and high pressure pipe.
62
100 to 400 MPa (14 500 to 58 000 psi)
SKF Pressure Gauges
SKF Pressure Gauges are designed to fit SKF Hydraulic Pumps and SKF Oil
Injectors. The gauges are all liquid filled and/or equipped with a restriction
screw in order to absorb any sudden pressure drop thereby preventing
damage. Safety glass and blowout discs are standard for all gauges and all
have dual scales (MPa/psi).
•
•
•
•
•
•
Covers pressures of 100 to 400 MPa (14 500 to 58 000 psi)
Protection against sudden pressure drops
Safety glass and blow out discs on all gauges
Stainless steel case
Dual scales MPa/psi
Easy to read, high visibility yellow gauge faces
The Digital oil pressure gauge, THGD 100,
is used to accurately measure the hydraulic
pressure when mounting bearings using the
SKF Drive-up Method.
1077589
1077587
1077589/3
1077587/2
Technical data
Designation
Pressure range
Diameter (H)
Connection
thread
Weight
Accuracy
MPa
psi
mm
in.
kg
lb
% of full scale
0–100
0–14 500
100
3.94
G 1/2
0,80
1.8
1
0–100
0–14 500
63
2.48
G 1/4
0,25
0.6
1,6
THGD 100*
0–100
0–15 000
79
3.10
G 1/4
0,54
1.2
±0,1
1077589
0–300
0–43 500
100
3.94
G 1/2
0,80
1.8
1
1077589/3
0–400
0–58 000
100
3.94
G 1/2
0,80
1.8
1
1077587
1077587/2
* Digital pressure gauge
H
G
63
Accessories
Maximum working pressure 300 MPa (43 500 psi)
SKF High-pressure Pipes
The range of SKF High-pressure Pipes covers most applications where there is
a requirement to transfer oil at high pressure. They consist of a steel pipe with
a steel ball fitted to both ends. Two swivelling connection nipples press these
balls against the seating of the connecting hole and seal against oil leakage.
• Wide range of pipes
• All pipes are pressure tested to 100 MPa (14 500 psi) over
recommended working pressure
• Special lengths up to 4 000 mm (157 in.) and variants can
be made on request
Technical data
Dw1
Maximum working pressure
300 MPa (43 500 psi)
Test pressure
400 MPa (58 000 psi)
Test quantity
100%
Outer pipe diameter
4 mm (0.16 in.)
Inner pipe diameter
2 mm (0.08 in.)
Pipe lengths
Between 300 mm (12 in.) and 4 000 mm (157 in.)
can be ordered e.g. 227957A/3000 3000 mm long)
Designation
A1
G1
Dw G A
L
Dimensions
G
G1
A
mm
721740 A
G 1/8
G 3/4
11,5
227957 A*
G 1/4
G 3/4
227958 A*
G 3/4
G 3/4
1020612 A**
G 1/4
728017 A
G 1/4
Weight
in.
A1
mm
in.
Dw
mm
0.45
36,9
17,3
0.68
36,9
1.45
G 1/4
17,3
G 1/4
17,3
in.
Dw1
mm
1.45
7,94
36,9
1.45
36,9
1.45
0.68
17,3
0.68
17,3
in.
L
mm
0.31
15,88
in.
kg
lb
0.63
1 000
39
0,3
0.7
11,11
0.44
15,88
0.63
15,88
0.63
2 000
78
0,4
0.9
15,88
0.63
2 000
78
0,6
0.68
11,11
1.3
0.44
11,11
0.44
1 000
39
0,5
1.1
0.68
11,11
0.44
7,94
0.31
300
12
0,2
0.4
* These pipes are also available in a 400 MPa execution. Designations are 227957 A/400MP and 227958 A/400MP. Outer diameter of the pipe is 6 mm (0.24 in.)
** Maximum working pressure 400 MPa (58 000 psi). Test pressure 500 MPa (72 500 psi) Outer diameter of the pipe 6 mm (0.24 in.).
Safety note:
For safety reasons, these high-pressure pipes have a maximum service life.
All SKF high pressure pipes are hard-marked with the year in which their service life expires;
e.g. DO NOT USE AFTER 2021. High pressure pipes are marked with their maximum working
pressure e.g. MAX 400 MPa. The pipe colour also indicates the maximum working pressure.
Black pipes can be used up to 300 MPa, whilst grey pipes can be used up to 400 MPa.
All flexible pressure hoses are subject to ageing and, after a number of years, the
performance deteriorates. All SKF flexible pressure hoses are hard marked with the year
in which their life expires, e.g. LIFE EXPIRES 2018.
64
Maximum working pressure up to 150 MPa (21 750 psi)
SKF Flexible High-pressure Hoses
The SKF flexible pressure hoses are designed to be used together with the
quick connect coupling SKF 729831 A and nipple SKF 729832 A on the
range of SKF Hydraulic Pumps.
Technical data
Designation
Bore
diameter
mm
in.
MPa
psi
MPa
psi
mm
in.
mm
in.
kg
lb
729126
4,0
0.16
10
0.39
100
14 500
300
43 500
65
2.6
G 1/4
–30/80 –22/176
1 500
59
0,4
0.9
729834
5,0
0.20
11
0.43
150
21 750
450
65 250
150
5.9
G 1/4
–30/80 –22/176
3 000
118
0,9
2.0
mm in.
Outside
diameter
Maximum
working
pressure
Minimum
burst
pressure
Minimum
bending
radius
End
fittings
Working
temperature
˚C
1 500 mm (59 in.)
Length
˚F
Weight
3 000 mm (118 in.)
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
729126
729834
For accurate bearing clearance measurement
SKF Feeler Gauges 729865 series
As an alternative to the SKF Drive-up method SKF Feeler Gauges can be used
to measure the internal clearance when adjusting spherical roller bearings.
Two types are available, one with 13 blades of 100 mm (4 in.) length and the
other with 29 blades of 200 mm (8 in.) length.
• Highly accurate measurement
• 729865 A is supplied with protective plastic cover
• 729865 B is supplied with protective steel cage
Technical data
Designation
Blade length
Blade thickness
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
729865 A
100
4.0
0.0031
0.0035
0.0039
0.0047
0,14
0,15
0,20
0,30
0.0055
0.0059
0.0079
0.0118
200
8.0
0.0012
0.0016
0.0020
0.0024
0.0028
0.0020
0.0035
0.0039
0.0043
0.0047
0.0051
0.0055
0.0059
0.0063
0.0067
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,12
729865 B
0,03
0,04
0,05
0,06
0,07
0,05
0,09
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,25
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,45
0,50
0,55
0.0071
0.0075
0.0079
0.0098
0.0118
0.0138
0.0157
0.0177
0.0197
0.0216
0,60
0,65
0,70
0,75
0,80
0,85
0,90
0,95
1,00
0.0236
0.0256
0.0276
0.0295
0.0315
0.0335
0.0354
0.0374
0.0394
65
For easy pressure hose connection
SKF Quick Connecting Coupling and Nipples
One coupling and two different nipples are available to connect SKF Hydraulic
Pumps to the work piece. When nipples with other thread types are required,
select an additional SKF nipple from the range to make the connection.
SKF Nipple 729832 A is supplied standard with all SKF Hydraulic Nuts
HMV ..E series.
Technical data
Designation
Thread
Dimensions
d2
D2
mm
G 1/4
24
d1
D1
mm
729832 A
G 1/4
22
729100
G 1/8
17
Coupling
729831 A
Nipples
Maximum pressure
in.
C
mm
0.94
27
in.
B
mm
0.87
14
0.67
14
in.
A
mm
in.
MPa
psi
1.06
58
2.28
150
21 750
in.
A
mm
in.
MPa
psi
0.55
46
1.81
150
21 750
0.55
43
1.69
100
14 500
d2
D2
A
A
B
D1
d1
C
729832 A
729100
729831 A
Up to 400 MPa (58 000 psi)
Plugs for oil ducts and vent holes
SKF plugs have been designed to seal off oil connections at a maximum
pressure of 400 MPa (58 000 psi).
Technical data
Designation
Thread
Length
mm
in.
233950 E
G 1/4
15
0.59
729944 E
G 1/2
17
0.67
1030816 E
G 3/4
23
0.90
Maximum working pressure 400 MPa (58 000 psi)
66
G 1/4
Ø8 Ø11
4.5
15
Plug 233950 E
G 1/2
6
4
16
Plug 729944 E
Ø15
G 3/4
Ø4
9
45˚
22
Plug 1030816 E
14
SKF Connection Nipples
SKF provides a wide range of connection nipples covering many different
thread combinations and sizes. They are used as adapters to enable pipes
and hoses to be connected to different thread sizes.
Technical data – Nipples with metric and G pipe threads
L
G1
G3
A G2
Designation
Max. working
pressure
A1 G
Dimensions
Width
across flats
Mpa
Psi
A
mm
in.
A1
mm
in.
G1
mm
in.
G3
mm
in.
L
mm
in.
mm
M6
100
14 500
11
0.43
5
0.20
15
0.59
9
0.35
33
1.30
10
G 1/8
M6
100
14 500
11
0.43
7
0.28
15
0.59
9
0.35
33
1.30
10
1014357 A
G 1/8
G 1/4
300
43 500
25,4
1.00
7
0.28
15
0.59
15
0.59
43
1.69
22
1009030 B
G 1/8
G 3/8
300
43 500
25,4
1.00
7
0.28
15
0.59
15
0.59
42
1.65
22
1019950
G 1/8
G 1/2
300
43 500
36,9
1.45
7
0.28
15
0.59
14
0.55
50
1.97
32
1018219 E
G 1/4
G 3/8
400
58 000
25,4
1.00
9,5
0.37
17
0.67
15
0.59
45
1.77
22
1009030 E
G 1/4
G 3/4
400
58 000
36,9
1.45
9,5
0.37
17
0.67
20
0.79
54
2.13
32
1012783 E
G 3/8
G 1/4
400
58 000
25,4
1.00
10
0.39
17
0.67
15
0.59
43
1.96
22
1008593 E
G 3/8
G 3/4
400
58 000
36,9
1.45
10
0.39
17
0.67
20
0.79
53
2.09
32
1016402 E
G 1/2
G 1/4
400
58 000
25,4
1.00
14
0.55
20
0.79
15
0.59
43
1.96
22
729146
G 1/2
G 3/4
300
43 500
36,9
1.45
–
–
17
0.67
20
0.79
50
1.97
32
228027 E
G 3/4
G 1/4
400
58 000
36,9
1.45
15
0.59
22
0.87
15
0.59
50
1.97
32
G
G2
1077456/100MPA
M8
1077455/100MPA
Technical data – Nipples with NPT tapered threads
Designation
Max. working
pressure
Dimensions
Width
across flats
Mpa
Psi
A
mm
in.
G1
mm
in.
G3
mm
in.
L
mm
in.
mm
G 1/4
150
21 750
25,4
1.00
15
0.59
15
0.59
42
1.65
22
NPT 3/8”
G 1/4
150
21 750
25,4
1.00
15
0.59
15
0.59
40
1.57
22
729106/100MPA
G 1/4
NPT 3/8”
100
14 500
36,9
1.45
17
0.67
15
0.59
50
1.97
32
729656/150MPA
NPT 3/4”
G 1/4
150
21 750
36,9
1.45
20
0.79
15
0.59
45
1.77
32
G
G2
729654/150MPA
NPT 1/4”
729655/150MPA
67
Catering for adapter and withdrawal sleeve applications
SKF Extension Pipes with Connecting Nipples
M4 extension pipe with connection nipple
G 1/4 extension pipe with connection nipple
Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has an M4 thread.
The extension pipe and connection nipple
should be ordered as separate items.
Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 3/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227958 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has a G 1/4 thread.
The extension pipe and connection nipple
should be ordered as separate items.
M6 extension pipe with connection nipple
G 1/8 extension pipe
Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has a M6 thread.
The extension pipe and connection nipple
should be ordered as separate items.
Used to extend a high-pressure pipe with a
G 1/4 nipple (e.g. SKF 227957 A) when the
sleeve connection hole has a G 1/8 thread.
Technical data
M4 extension pipe with
connection nipple
M6 extension pipe with
connection nipple
M4¥0,5
7
2
G 1/4 extension pipe with
connection nipple
M6
12
17
2,5
20
G 1/8 extension pipe
15
G 1/4
4
G 1/8
15
3
60
G 1/8
400
300
95
325
300
15
42
52
15
34
G 1/4
20
15
15
G /4
25,4
G 1/4
G /4
3
1
36,9
25,4
20
Designation
Max.
pressure
Designation
Max.
pressure
Designation
Max.
pressure
Designation
Max.
pressure
pipe
234064
50 MPa
(7 250 psi)
pipe
1077453/100MPA
100 MPa
(14 500 psi)
pipe
227964/100MPA
100 MPa
(14 500 psi)
227965/100MPA
100 MPa
(14 500 psi)
nipple
234063
50 MPa
(7 250 psi)
nipple
1077454/100MPA
100 MPa
(14 500 psi)
nipple
227963/100MPA
100 MPa
(14 500 psi)
68
SKF Adapter Block 226402
The adapter block SKF 226402 consists of a cast steel block to which a
pressure gauge and high-pressure pipe can be connected. It comes with
a floor support and a 90 degree connection nipple for the oil reservoir.
Technical data
Designation
226402
Maximum pressure
400 MPa
(58 000 psi)
Pressure gauge connection
G 1/2
Pressure pipe connection
G 3/4
Weight
2,55 kg (5.6 lb)
245
mm
610 mm
For bearing mounting
SKF Mounting Fluid LHMF 300
SKF Mounting Fluid is suitable for use with SKF hydraulic equipment, including
hydraulic pumps, HMV ..E nuts and oil injection tools. SKF LHMF 300 contains
anti-corrosives which are non-aggressive to seal materials such as nitrile
rubber, perbunan, leather and chrome leather, PTFE, and so on.
For bearing dismounting
SKF Dismounting Fluid LHDF 900
SKF Dismounting Fluid is suitable for use with SKF hydraulic equipment,
including hydraulic pumps and oil injection tools. SKF LHDF 900 contains
anti-corrosives which are non-aggressive to seal materials such as nitrile
rubber, perbunan, leather and chrome leather, PTFE, and so on.
Technical data
Designation
LHDF 900/pack size
LHMF 300/pack size
Specific gravity
0,885
0,882
Flash point
202 °C (395 °F)
200 °C (390 °F)
Pour point
–28 °C (–18 °F)
–30 °C (–22 °F)
Viscosity at 20 °C (68 °F)
910 mm²/s
300 mm²/s
Viscosity at 40 °C (104 °F)
330 mm²/s
116 mm²/s
Viscosity at 100 °C (212 °F)
43 mm²/s
17,5 mm²/s
Viscosity index
180
160
Available pack size
5 and 205 litre
1, 5, 205 litre
69
Also available from SKF
Mounting bearings made easy
SKF Adapter and withdrawal sleeves for oil injection
These SKF sleeves facilitate the use of the SKF Oil Injection Method.
The larger sleeves have oil supply ducts and distribution grooves,
enabling the user to inject oil between the sleeve and bearing bore and
between the sleeve and the shaft. This oil reduces friction and force
necessary for mounting, particularly when mounting in a dry state.
• Reduces the risk of damage to shaft and sleeve
• Reduces time to mount and dismount bearings
• A full range of pumps, nipples and pipes are available
• SKF sleeves also help make bearing dismounting easier
For more information, please refer to the SKF General Catalogue, the
SKF Maintenance Handbook or consult an SKF application engineer.
The tool to monitor the mounting of SensorMount bearings
SensorMount indicator TMEM 1500
The SKF TMEM 1500 provides a direct reading of the fit of a “SensorMount”
bearing mounted on a tapered seating.
The TMEM 1500 is only compatible with SKF bearings, which are fitted
with the SensorMount sensor. These bearings from SKF have the
designation suffixes ZE, ZEB, or ZEV, e.g. ZE 241/500 ECAK30/W33.
The SensorMount Indicator provides a numeric value, which guides the
user in achieving a reliable bearing fit. SKF bearings fitted with the
SensorMount system can also be mounted on adapter sleeves,
withdrawal sleeves and hollow shafts. The material composition of the
shaft has no effect on the proper operation of the SensorMount system.
What you see is what you get; directly indicates
the real reduction in internal bearing clearance.
• Easy to use
• Fast
• Reliable
• Simplifies the mounting process:
– No calculations needed
– Makes feeler gauges obsolete
– Minimises the risk of human errors
70
Technical data
Designation
TMEM 1500
Range of measurement
0 to 1,500 o/oo
Power supply
9 V alkaline battery, type IEC 6LR61
Battery life
8 hours, continuous use
Display
4-digit LCD with fixed decimal
Operating temperature range
–10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
Accuracy
±1%, ±2 digits
IP rating
IP 40
Weight
250 g (8.75 oz.)
Size
157 ™ 84 ™ 30 mm (6.1 ™ 3.3 ™ 1.8 in.)
OK Coupling mounting and dismounting kits
Coupling size
Designation
Contents
Weight
OKC 45–OKC 90
TMHK 35
1 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
1 ™ 226402 Adapter block
1 ™ 228027 E Nipple
1 ™ 729944 E Plug
1 ™ 227958A Pressure pipe (for OKC 80 and 90)
1 ™ 728017A/2000 Pressure pipe (for OKC 45–75)
Tools and storage case
12 kg
(26.5 lb)
OKC 100–OKC 170
OKCS 178–OKCS 360
TMHK 36
1 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
1 ™ TMJL 50 Hydraulic pump
Tools and storage case
19 kg
(41.8 lb)
OKC 180–OKC 250
OKF 100–OKF 300
TMHK 37
2 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
1 ™ 226402* Adapter block
1 ™ 227958A* High pressure pipe
1 ™ TMJL 50 Hydraulic pump
Tools and storage case
28,1 kg
(61.8 lb)
* = for use with OKF couplings
OKC 180–OKC 490
OKF 300–OKF 700
Shipboard or
infrequent use
OKC 180–OKC 490
OKF 300–OKF 700
Shipyard or frequent use
TMHK 38
TMHK 38S
1 ™ THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump set
1 ™ 729147A Return hose
2 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
1 ™ THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump set
1 ™ 729147A Return hose
1 ™ THAP 300E Air-driven oil injector
1 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
Application
OKC
OKF
OKC
OKF
OKC
OKF
36 kg
(79.5 lb)
81,7 kg
(180 lb)
OKC 500–OKC 600
Shipboard or
infrequent use
TMHK 39
1 ™ THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump
1 ™ 729147A Return hose
3 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
38,6 kg
(85 lb)
OKC 500 and larger
Shipboard or
infrequent use
TMHK 40
1 ™ THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump
1 ™ THAP 300E Air-driven pump
1 ™ 729147A Return hose
2 ™ 226400 E Injector with spares
84 kg
(185 lb)
OKC 500 and larger
Shipyard or frequent use
TMHK 41
1 ™ THAP 030E/SET Air-driven pump
3 ™ THAP 300E Air-driven oil injector
1 ™ 729147A Return hose
136 kg
(300 lb)
71
72
Alignment
Basic condition monitoring
Introduction74
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 11
76
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 31
77
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 41
77
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 60
78
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 80 78
SKF Machinery Shims TMAS series
82
SKF TKBA Series
86
Introduction88
SKF Thermometers
91
SKF Infrared Thermometer TKTL 10
92
SKF Infrared Thermometer TKTL 20
92
SKF Infrared Thermometer TKTL 30
92
SKF Infrared Thermometer TKTL 40
93
SKF K-type Thermocouple Probes TMDT 2 series
95
SKF Thermal Camera TKTI 21
96
SKF Thermal Camera TKTI 31
96
SKF Tachometer TKRT 10
100
SKF Tachometer TKRT 20
100
SKF Stroboscope TKRS 10
102
SKF Stroboscope TKRS 20
102
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10F
104
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10S
104
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10A
104
SKF Electronic Stethoscope TMST 3
106
107
SKF Sound Pressure Meter TMSP 1
SKF Ultrasonic Leak Detector TMSU 1
108
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1
109
SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200
110
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL 112
Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
113
SKF Electric motor assessment kit CMAK 200-SL 114
SKF Bearing Assessment Kit CMAK 300-SL 114
SKF Basic Condition Monitoring Kit CMAK 400-ML
115
Instruments
Alignment74
88
Basic condition monitoring
Infrared
thermometers
Laser shaft
alignment
tools
Thermal
camera
Stroboscopes
73
Alignment
Accurate shaft alignment really matters
Reduce machinery breakdowns and increase your uptime
It’s a fact. Shaft misalignment is a major contributor to rotating machinery
breakdowns. Accurately aligning shafts can prevent a large number of
machinery breakdowns and reduce unplanned downtime that results in
a loss of production. In today’s challenging environment of reducing costs
and optimising assets, the necessity of accurate shaft alignment is now
greater than ever.
What is shaft misalignment?
Reducing misalignment saves energy
Machines need to be aligned in both the horizontal and vertical plane.
The misalignment can be caused by both parallel or angular
misalignment. The possible consequences of shaft misalignment
are serious to any company’s bottom line and include:
Extra
energy
consumption
Degree of misalignment
Reducing misalignment increases bearing life
• Increased friction and thereby energy consumption
• Premature bearing and seal failure
• Premature shaft and coupling failure
• Excessive seal lubricant leakage
• Failure of coupling and foundation bolts
• Increased vibration and noise
Bearing life
Degree of misalignment
Parallel misalignment (or offset)
74
Angular misalignment
Correct alignment
Straight edge
Accuracy
Speed
Ease of use
Dial indicators
-++
++
Accuracy
Speed
Ease of use
Laser shaft alignment
++
---
Accuracy
Speed
Ease of use
++
+
+
What methods can be used to align shafts?
In general, it’s clear that laser alignment systems are quicker and easier
to use than dial indicators, have better accuracy and don’t require special
skills to get accurate results virtually every time.
Which type of laser alignment system should be considered?
Before purchasing a system, identify the applications where it is to be
used and make a list of requirements. Buying an expensive system that
can accommodate virtually every need can be a costly mistake, as the
technicians need to be skilled in using it.
The majority of alignment tasks consist of such things as a
horizontally placed electric motor with a pump or fan with a single
coupling. For such tasks, the technician needs a system that is quick
and easy to use and doesn’t need a long set up time.
What can SKF offer?
SKF has developed, after extensive consultation with users, a range
of affordable, easy to use shaft alignment tools that are suitable for a
majority of alignment tasks.
75
New technology makes shaft alignment easier and more affordable
SKF Shaft Alignment Tool TKSA 11
The SKF TKSA 11 heralds a new generation of shaft alignment tools. Using mobile devices,
the instrument intuitively guides the user through the whole alignment process. With a focus
on the core alignment tasks, the TKSA 11 is designed to be a very easy-to-use instrument
that results in accurate alignment and is especially suitable for entry level shaft alignment.
The SKF TKSA 11 is the first instrument on the market that uses inductive proximity
sensors, enabling accurate and reliable shaft alignment to be affordable for every budget.
• Live view of the instrument and motor
position makes the measurement and
horizontal alignment intuitive and easy.
• The TKSA 11 App offers a fully functional
demonstration mode allowing the complete
alignment process to be experienced without
the need to purchase the TKSA 11.
• The TKSA 11 is designed to give a fast return
on its investment and is also affordable for
almost every budget.
• Mobile devices allow high resolution graphics,
intuitive usage, automatic software updates
and display unit choice.
76
• By using inductive proximity sensors,
the measurement is no longer affected by
bright sunlight, influence of backlash is
reduced and the instrument becomes more
robust. All enabling the TKSA 11 to deliver
highly accurate and reliable alignments.
• Automatic alignment reports give a complete
overview of the alignment process and
results. Reports can easily be shared via
email or cloud services.
Available on the
App Store
The advanced laser shaft alignment system with enhanced measuring and reporting capabilities
SKF Shaft Alignment Tools TKSA 31 and TKSA 41
The TKSA 31 and TKSA 41 are advanced laser alignment solutions with large sized detectors
and bright lasers that allow precise measurements in even the most challenging conditions.
The ergonomic display unit with intuitive touch screen navigation makes your alignments fast
and easy, whilst innovative features increase the alignment convenience and performance.
With the focus on improving alignment practices, the SKF Shaft Alignment Tools TKSA 31 and
TKSA 41 are the industry’s best value alignment solutions.
• Automatic measurement enables hands-free
measurements by simply rotating the heads
in the right position.
• Automatic reports are generated after each
alignment and can be customised with notes
and operator information. All reports can be
exported as pdf files.
• Live view supports intuitive positioning of
measuring heads and facilitates horizontal
and vertical alignment corrections.
• Machine library gives an overview of all
registered machines and allows easy access
to previous alignment reports.
TKSA 41 only:
• Wireless communication improves instrument
handling and measurement convenience.
• Free measurment allows measurements
with limited rotational freedom to start at
any angle and finish with an angular sweep
of just 90°.
• Built-in camera allows machine pictures
to be added to alignment reports or to the
machine library.
• QR code recognition simplifies machine
identification. Scanning a registered QR
code opens the machine in the library and
a new alignment can be started or previous
reports reviewed.
The TKSA 31 communicates via USB
cables, but it has the same alignment
performance as the TKSA 41.
77
TKSA 60
TKSA 80
The wireless laser shaft alignment tool with
built-in alignment expert.
The advanced laser shaft alignment tool to increase
your alignment knowledge.
The TKSA 60 is an extremely rugged wireless laser shaft alignment tool
that can be used in harsh environments. The system provides instant
expertise with a built-in step-by-step alignment process, from
preparation, inspection and evaluation through correction, reporting
and analysis. The system incorporates the latest alignment knowledge
and decades of SKF experience of rotating equipment.
For effective machine alignment, the measurement is only 5% of the
process. Users often find themselves encountering difficulties by
skipping some important alignment steps. The TKSA 80 system has a
complete built-in alignment process to increase users’ knowledge of
alignment . The programme takes users from preparation and evaluation
all the way through to correction and finally a report of the result.
With a 7 inch screen, the TKSA 80 can accommodate large machine
train alignment jobs. It offers a unique database to store the machine
set-up data for future use, visual inspections on oil leakage, oil level,
foundation bolt status and wear indications.
TKSA 11
TKSA 31
TKSA 41
TKSA 60
TKSA 80
Overall system performance
+
++
++
+++
+++
System ruggedness
Usability of the instrument in tough industrial environments.
+
+
+
++
++
User interface
Input and interaction with the display device.
iOS
touch screen
touch screen
keypad
keypad &
touch screen
–
–
–
–
9-12-3
9-12-3
free
free
free
180°
140°
90°
60°
60°
QR code recognition
QR labels can be used to simplify the machine identification
and increase the usage convenience.
Measurement type
The "9-12-3" measurement demands pre-defined measurement positions,
whereas the "free" measurement allows user selectable measurement positions.
Minimal shaft rotation
Describes the minimal required shaft rotation angle to perform
alignment measurements.
78
TKSA 11
Automatic measurement
Alignment measurements can be performed hands-free
without display unit interaction.
Soft foot correction
The soft foot tool helps to find and correct a soft foot,
so that the machine can stand evenly on all feet.
Live alignment correction
Live feed values are shown to facilitate the horizontal motor
movement and vertical chock adjustment.
TKSA 41
–
TKSA 60
TKSA 80
–
–
10 m
10 m
–
–
–
Wireless measuring heads
Maximum measurment distance
Maximum distance between the measuring heads.
TKSA 31
18,5 cm
2 m*
4m
–
only
horizontal
Automatic alignment report
Reports are automatically generated after each alignment
and can be exported as PDF files.
**
Camera
Photos can be added to the report.
–
Machine library
Overview of all registered machines and previous alignment reports.
–
Thermal growth calculation
–
–
–
Vertical machine alignment
Alignment of machines with vertical shafts.
–
–
–
Swap view
Enables graphics to be swapped from one side of the machines to
the other to accommodate the user position.
–
–
–
Machine train alignment
Enables the alignment of up to 5 machines in a line.
–
–
–
–
Run-out check
The system reminds users to perform a simple measurement
to look for bent shafts.
–
–
–
–
* With USB cables supplied
** Depending on display device
Shaft alignment is recommended for almost
every industry, as it enables machine uptime
to be significantly improved and maintenance
costs to be reduced. The TKSA 11 focuses
on industries where these shaft alignment
benefits have not yet been realised and
helps customers profit from correctly
aligned shafts.
79
Technical data
Designation
TKSA 11
TKSA 31
TKSA 41
Description
New technology makes shaft alignment
easier and more affordable
The modern laser shaft alignment tool for
economic machine maintenance
The advanced laser shaft alignment system with
enhanced measuring and reporting capabilities
Sensors type
2 ™ inductive proximity sensors
29 mm (1.1 in.) CCD with line laser Class 2
29 mm (1.1 in.) CCD with line laser Class 2
Electronic inclinometers
Yes, ±0.5°
Yes, ±0.5°
Yes, ±0.5°
Communication
Wireless, Bluetooth 4.0 LE
Wired, USB cables
Wireless, Bluetooth 4.0 LE or
Wired, USB cables
Measuring distance
0 to 185 mm (0 to 7.3 in.)
0,07 to 2 m (0.23 to 6.6 ft.) *
0,07 to 4 m (0.23 to 13.1 ft.)
Measuring accuracy
<2%
<0,5% ±5 µm
<0,5% ±5 µm
Operating time
18 hours of continuous use
N/A
16 hours of continuous use
Battery and charging
LiPo battery, rechargable via micro USB (5 V)
N/A
LiPo battery, rechargable via micro USB (5 V)
Dimensions
105 ™ 55 ™ 55 mm (4.1 ™ 2.2 ™ 2.2 in.)
120 ™ 90 ™ 36 mm (4.7 ™ 3.5 ™ 1.4 in.)
120 ™ 90 ™ 36 mm (4.7 ™ 3.5 ™ 1.4 in.)
Weight
155 g (0.34 lb)
180 g (0.4 lb)
220 g (0.5 lb)
Operating device
iPod Touch 5th generation minimum recom.;
iPhone 4S minimum; iPad mini or iPad
3rd generation minimum (all not included)
5.6" colour resistive touchscreen LCD
5.6" colour resistive touchscreen LCD
Software/App update
via Apple Store
via USB stick
via USB stick
Display orientation flip
Portrait mode only
No
Landscape mode flip
Operating time
N/A
8 hours of continuous use (100% backlight)
8 hours of continuous use (100% backlight)
Battery and charging
N/A
LiPo battery, rechargable via power adapter with EU, US, UK, AUS plugs supplied
Dimensions
N/A
205 ™ 140 ™ 60 mm (8.1 ™ 5.5 ™ 2.4 in.)
205 ™ 140 ™ 60 mm (8.1 ™ 5.5 ™ 2.4 in.)
Weight
N/A
420 g (0.9 lb)
640 g (1.4 lbs)
Fixture
2 ™ aluminum V-brackets
2 ™ aluminum V-brackets
2 ™ aluminum V-brackets
Shaft diameters
20 to 160 mm (0.8 to 6.3 in.)
up to 320 mm (12.6 in.) with optional
extension chains (not included)
20 to 150 mm (0.8 to 5.9 in.)
up to 300 mm (11.8 in.) with optional
extension chains (not included)
20 to 150 mm (0.8 to 5.9 in.)
up to 300 mm (11.8 in.) with optional
extension chains (not included)
Standard chains supplied
480 mm (18.9 in.)
400 mm (15.8 in.)
400 mm (15.8 in.)
Maximum recommended
coupling height
55 mm (2.2 in.) with standard rods
175 mm (6.9 in.) with optional
extension rods (not included)
105 mm (4.2 in.) with standard rods
195 mm (7.7 in.) with optional
extension rods (not included)
105 mm (4.2 in.) with standard rods
195 mm (7.7 in.) with extension rods
Rods supplied
2 ™ 80 mm (3.1 in.) standard rods
per bracket
2 ™ 150 mm (5.9 in.) threaded standard
rods per bracket
2 ™ 150 mm (5.9 in.) threaded standard
rods per bracket + 4 ™ additional 90 mm
(3.5 in.) extension rods
Alignment method
3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment
method
3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment
method, automatic measurement
3 measurements 9-12-3 alignment method,
automatic measurement, free measurement
Operating temperature
0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F)
0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F)
0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F)
Storage temperature
–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)
–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)
–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)
Relative humidity
10 to 90% non condensing
10 to 90% non condensing
10 to 90% non condensing
IP rating
IP54
IP54
IP54
Carrying case dimensions
360 ™ 110 ™ 260 mm (14.2 ™ 4.3 ™ 10.2 in.)
530 ™ 110 ™ 360 mm (20.9 ™ 4.3 ™ 14.2 in.)
530 ™ 110 ™ 360 mm (20.9 ™ 4.3 ™ 14.2 in.)
Total weight (incl. case)
2,1 kg (4.6 lbs)
4,75 kg (10.5 lbs)
4,75 kg (10.5 lbs)
Calibration certificate
Supplied with 2 years validity
Supplied with 2 years validity
Supplied with 2 years validity
Warranty
2 years standard warranty
(+ 1 additional year upon registration)
2 years standard warranty
(+ 1 additional year upon registration)
2 years standard warranty
(+ 1 additional year upon registration)
Case content
Measuring unit; 3 reference bars; 2 shaft
brackets with chains; micro USB to USB
charging cable; measuring tape 2 m (6.6 ft.);
printed certificate of calibration and
conformance; printed quick start guide
(English); SKF carrying case
2 measuring units (M&S); display unit;
2 shaft brackets with chains; chain
tightening rod; power supply with country
adapters; 2 micro USB to USB cables 1,5 m
(60 in.); measuring tape; printed certificate
of calibration and conformance; quick start
guide (EN); SKF carrying case
2 measuring units (M&S); display unit; 2 shaft
brackets with chains; chain tightening rod;
4 extension rods 90 mm (3.5 in.); power supply
with country adapters; 2 micro USB to USB
cables 1,5 m (60 in.); measuring tape; printed
certificate of calibration and conformance; quick
start guide (EN); SKF carrying case
Measuring unit(s)
Operating device
Complete system
Note: A
dditional accessories are available such as extension chains, extension rods, sliding brackets, magnetic brackets,
offset brackets. More information about spare parts and acessories can be found in the instructions for use.
Please contact SKF or your authorised SKF distributors for more details.
80
* Measuring distances up to 4 m (13.1 ft.)
are possible with longer USB cables.
Technical data
Designation
TKSA 60
TKSA 80
Description
The wireless laser shaft alignment tool with
built-in alignment expert.
The advanced laser shaft alignment tool to increase
your alignment knowledge.
Housing material
Chassis: aluminium
Sides: glass filled PBT
Chassis: aluminium
Sides: glass filled PBT
Laser class
2
2
Maximum laser power
1 mW
1 mW
Distance between
measuring units
Maximum: 10 m (33 ft)
N/A
Maximum: 10 m (33 ft)
N/A
Type of detectors
Linear CCD with length 36 mm (1.4 in.)
Linear CCD with length 36 mm (1.4 in.)
Connectivity
Low-power, industrial wireless network, 802.15.4 compliant
Low-power, industrial wireless network, 802.15.4 compliant
Rod/fixing bar
4 off 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 off 150 mm (5.9 in.)
Can be screwed together to increase length
4 off 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 off 150 mm (5.9 in.)
Can be screwed together to increase length
Environmental protection
IP 65
IP 65
Battery type
2 ™ AA Alkaline or rechargeable battery
2 ™ AA Alkaline or rechargeable battery
Measuring units
Dimensions
96 ™ 93 ™ 36 mm (3.8 ™ 3.7 ™ 1.4 in.)
96 ™ 93 ™ 36 mm (3.8 ™ 3.7 ™ 1.4 in.)
Weight
326 g (11.5 oz)
326 g (11.5 oz)
Housing material
PC/ABS plastic
PC/ABS plastic
Display type
10,9 cm (4.3 in.) diagonal colour LCD. Daylight viewable
7 inch diagonal colour LCD. Daylight viewable with touch screen
Environmental protection
IP 65
IP 65
Drop test
1,2 m (3.9 ft) to military standard
1,2 m (3.9 ft) to military standard
Battery type
Rechargeable Li-ion battery and external power supply
Rechargeable Li-ion battery and external power supply
Operating time
10 hours continuous
10 hours continuous
PC connection
USB
USB
Displayed resolution
0,01 mm
0,01 mm
Dimensions
234 ™ 132 ™ 48 mm (9.2 ™ 5.2 ™ 1.9 in.)
276 ™ 160 ™ 53 mm (9.2 ™ 5.2 ™ 1.9 in.)
Weight
680 g (22.9 oz)
1 060 g (37.3 oz)
Contents
Display unit (battery included); 2 measuring units; 2 mechanical shaft
fixtures; 2 adjustable chains with tightening pin; 2 extension chains;
Rods: 4 ™ 90 mm (3.5 in.), 4 ™ 150 mm (5.9 in.); USB cable; Charger
for display unit; Measuring tape; Screw driver; Tommy bar; Quick
start quide; CD with instruction to use; Carrying case.
Display unit (battery included); 2 measuring units; 2 mechanical shaft
fixtures; 2 adjustable chains with tightening pin; 2 extension chains;
Rods: 4 ™ 90 mm (3.54 in.), 4 ™ 150 mm (5.9 in.); USB cable;
Charger for display unit; Measuring tape; Screw driver; Tommy bar;
Quick start quide; CD with instruction to use; Carrying case.
PC download
USB
USB
Storage memory
1 000 alignments
1 000 alignments
Soft foot check
By laser or manually
By laser or manually
Alignment tolerance check
Yes
Yes
User editable tolerances
Yes
Yes
Shaft diameter range
up to 300 mm (11.8 in.)
up to 300 mm (11.8 in.)
Chain included for shaft diameters
30–300 mm (1.2–11.8 in.)
30–300 mm (1.2–11.8 in.)
Displacement measurement accuracy
±5 µm ±0.5%
±5 µm ±0.5%
Temperature range
–10 to +50 °C (14–122 °F)
–10 to +50 °C (14–122 °F)
Operating humidity
<90%
<90%
Carrying case dimensions
534 ™ 427 ™ 207 mm (21 ™ 16.8 ™ 8.15 in.)
534 ™ 427 ™ 207 mm (21 ™ 16.8 ™ 8.15 in.)
Total weight (incl. case)
7,3 kg (16.1 lb)
7,6 kg (16.8 lb)
Warranty
1 year
1 year
Magnetic base
For shafts >300 mm (11.8 in.)
For shafts >300 mm (11.8 in.)
Magnetic V-brackets
For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces or for large
diameter shafts
For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces or for large
diameter shafts
Extension brackets
For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces
For mounting the measuring units in limited spaces
Display unit
Complete system
Optional parts
81
For accurate vertical machinery alignment
SKF Machinery Shims TMAS series
Accurate machine adjustment is an essential element of
any alignment process. SKF single slot pre-cut shims are
available in five different dimensions and in ten different
thicknesses.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Made of high quality stainless steel, allowing re-use
Easy to fit and to remove
Close tolerances for accurate alignment
Thickness clearly marked on each shim
Fully de-burred
Pre-cut shims are supplied in packs of 10 and
complete kits are also available
Technical data
Number
of shims
per set
A
B
C
Thickness
mm
mm
mm
mm
TMAS 50-005
TMAS 50-010
TMAS 50-020
TMAS 50-025
TMAS 50-040
TMAS 50-050
TMAS 50-070
TMAS 50-100
TMAS 50-200
TMAS 50-300
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
3,00
TMAS 100-005
TMAS 100-010
TMAS 100-020
TMAS 100-025
TMAS 100-040
TMAS 100-050
TMAS 100-070
TMAS 100-100
TMAS 100-200
TMAS 100-300
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
3,00
TMAS 200-005
TMAS 200-010
TMAS 200-020
TMAS 200-025
TMAS 200-040
TMAS 200-050
TMAS 200-070
TMAS 200-100
TMAS 200-200
TMAS 200-300
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
3,00
Designation
82
Number
of shims
per set
A
B
C
Thickness
mm
mm
mm
mm
TMAS 75-005
TMAS 75-010
TMAS 75-020
TMAS 75-025
TMAS 75-040
TMAS 75-050
TMAS 75-070
TMAS 75-100
TMAS 75-200
TMAS 75-300
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
3,00
TMAS 125-005
TMAS 125-010
TMAS 125-020
TMAS 125-025
TMAS 125-040
TMAS 125-050
TMAS 125-070
TMAS 125-100
TMAS 125-200
TMAS 125-300
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
3,00
Designation
B
C
A
TMAS 50/KIT
TMAS 75/KIT
TMAS 100/KIT
TMAS 340
TMAS 360
TMAS 380
TMAS 510
TMAS 720
Thickness (mm)
0,05
Size (mm)
Quantities
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
50 ™ 50
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Thickness (mm)
0,05
Size (mm)
Quantities
75 ™ 75
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Thickness (mm)
0,05
Size (mm)
Quantities
100 ™ 100
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
Thickness (mm)
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Size (mm)
Quantities
100 ™ 100
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
125 ™ 125
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Thickness (mm)
0,05
Size (mm)
Quantities
50 ™ 50
20
20
20
20
20
20
75 ™ 75
20
20
20
20
20
20
100 ™ 100
20
20
20
20
20
20
0,10
Thickness (mm)
0,05
Size (mm)
Quantities
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
50 ™ 50
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
75 ™ 75
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
Thickness (mm)
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Size (mm)
Quantities
50 ™ 50
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
75 ™ 75
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
100 ™ 100
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
Thickness (mm)
0,05
0,10
0,20
0,25
0,40
0,50
0,70
1,00
2,00
Size (mm)
Quantities
50 ™ 50
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
75 ™ 75
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
100 ™ 100
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
125 ™ 125
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
Consists of TMAS 340 + TMAS 380
83
Achieving a precise and controllable horizontal adjustment
SKF horizontal adjustment tool
Using laser shaft alignment equipment usually requires the machine to be
repositioned in both the vertical and horizontal planes, to achieve a good
alignment result. The SKF horizontal adjustment tool, TMAH series, helps
achieve a precise and controllable horizontal adjustment.
The TMAH uses a special eccentric socket arrangement that enables
rotary movement to be translated to linear movement at the motor
foot. The result is a precise and controllable horizontal movement of
the motor to the desired alignment position.
• Heavy hammers, pry or crow bars are no longer required to move
the motor horizontally, making the adjustment easier and safer
• Welded jack-bolt assemblies are no longer required to move each
motor foot horizontally. This also eliminates the need to repair the
jack-bolts due to rust or corrosion
• Quick and easy to fit, operate and remove
• Is a complementary product to SKF TMAS machinery alignment shims
Enables accurate horizontal adjustment
movements of 25 microns or less, suitable
for laser alignment equipment accuracy.
Dimensions
Designation
A
B
C
F
G
H
mm in.
mm in.
mm
in.
D
mm
in.
mm
E
in.
mm in.
mm in.
mm in.
TMAH 13
14
0.55
31
1.22
14–17
0.55–0.67
21–50
0.83–1.97
95
3.74
13
0.51
17
0.67
20
0.79
TMAH 17
20
0.79
43
1.69
20–22
0.79–0.87
22–55
0.87–2.17
107
4.21
17
0.67
24
0.94
21
0.83
TMAH 19
23
0.90
52
2.05
24–26
0.94–1.02
22–82
0.87–3.23
137
5.39
19
0.75
30
1.18
27
1.06
TMAH 24
23
0.90
52
2.05
24–26
0.94–1.02
22–82
0.87–3.23
137
5.39
24
0.94
30
1.18
27
1.06
TMAH 30
35
1.38
70
2.75
30–32
1.18–1.25
38–134 1.50–5.28
187
7.36
30
1.18
36
1.42
39
1.53
TMAH 36
35
1.38
70
2.75
30–32
1.18–1.25
38–134 1.50–5.28
187
7.36
36
1.42
36
1.42
39
1.53
TMAH 46
44
1.73
89
3.50
40–43
1.57–1.69
48–156 1.89-6.14
229
9.02
46
1.81
46
1.81
45
2.16
E
C
D
F
G
A
B
84
H
SKF Belt Alignment Tools
One of the common reasons for unplanned downtime of belt-driven
machinery is pulley misalignment. Pulley misalignment can increase wear
on pulleys and belts as well as increasing the noise and vibration level,
that can result in unplanned machinery downtime. Another side effect
of increased vibration is premature bearing failure. This too can cause
unplanned machinery downtime.
Traditional belt alignment methods
These methods are usually visual in combination with a straight edge
and/or length of string. Although quick to perform, they are often
inaccurate.
Laser belt alignment methods
Using a laser belt alignment tool is quicker and more accurate than
traditional methods. Belt alignment tools can either align the pulley
faces or the pulley grooves.
Measuring parallel and angular
misalignment using a straight edge
or a piece of string
Accurate pulley and belt alignment can help you:
• Increase bearing life
• Increase machinery uptime, efficiency and productivity
• Reduce wear on pulleys and belts
• Reduce friction and thereby energy consumption
• Reduce noise and vibration
• Reduce costs of replacing components and machinery downtime
A
n
B
n
C
n
D
n
A
n
B
n
C
n
D
n
Vertical angle misalignment
Parallel misalignment
Horizontal angle misalignment
Correct alignment
85
Belt–driven machinery downtime caused by misalignment is a thing of the past
SKF TKBA Series
SKF offers a range of three different belt alignment tools to enable accurate alignment
for almost all applications. The tools are designed to be easy to use without any special
training. The laser position indicates the nature of misalignment allowing easy and
accurate adjustment.
TKBA 10 and TKBA 20
TKBA 40
Versatile tools for pulley and sprocket alignment
Highly accurate tool for V-belt pulley alignment
The SKF TKBA 10 and TKBA 20 allow pulleys and sprockets to be
aligned on the side face. The unit magnetically attaches to the inside
or outside face of almost any belt pulley or chain sprocket and has no
small parts or targets that can get lost. A laser line is projected from the
transmitter unit to the reflector unit mounted on the opposite pulley.
A reference line on the reflector unit directly indicates the offset and
vertical angle misalignment. The reflected laser line shown on the
transmitter unit shows the horizontal angle misalignment of all three.
The SKF TKBA 40 aligns V-belt pulleys in the grooves. V–guides and
powerful magnets allow the TKBA 40 to be fitted in the grooves of the
pulley. With only two components, a laser–emitting unit and a receiver
unit, the belt alignment tool is easy and fast to attach. The three–
dimensional target area on the receiver unit allows the easy detection
of misalignment as well as its nature; whether it is horizontal, vertical,
parallel or a combination of all three.
• Powerful magnets allow fast and easy attachment
• Facilitates simultaneous adjustment of tension and alignment
• Can be used on almost all machines using V belts, banded belts,
ribbed belts and most other belts as well as chain sprockets
• SKF TKBA 10 utilises a red laser and can be used for distances
up to 3 m (10 ft)
• SKF TKBA 20 utilises a highly visible green laser and can be used
for distances up to 6 m (20 ft). It can even be used outdoors
in sunny conditions
• Sturdy aluminium housings help ensure assembly stability and
accuracy during the alignment process
86
•
•
•
•
•
Powerful magnets allow fast and easy attachment
Three-dimensional target area simplifies the alignment process
Facilitates simultaneous adjustment of tension and alignment
V-guides facilitate the alignment of a wide range of V-belt pulleys
Aligns grooves of a V-belt pulley rather than its face, allowing optimum
alignment of pulleys of unequal width or with dissimilar faces
• A maximum operating distance of 6 m (20 ft) accommodates many
applications
• Special side adaptor allowing alignment of multi-ribbed and timing
belt pulleys as well as sprockets is available as accessory
Also available from SKF
SKF Belt Tension System
SKF Belt Frequency Meter
TKBA 10
For additional information, please refer to our
publications 6804 EN (6702 EN) and 6479 EN
or online at: www.skfptp.com
TKBA 20
Technical data
Designation
TKBA 10
TKBA 20
Type of laser
Red laser diode
Green laser diode
TKBA 40
Red laser diode
Laser
1 ™ Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 635 nm
1 ™ Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 532 nm
1 ™ Built-in class 2 laser, <1 mW, 632 nm
Laser line length
2 m at 2 m (6.6 ft at 6.6 ft)
2 m at 2 m (6.6 ft at 6.6 ft)
3 m at 2 m (9.8 ft at 6.6 ft)
Measurement accuracy angular
Better than 0,02° at 2 m (6.6 ft)
Better than 0,02° at 2 m (6.6 ft)
Better than 0,2°
Measurement accuracy offset
Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.)
Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.)
Better than 0,5 mm (0.02 in.)
Measurement distance
50 mm to 3 000 mm (2 in. to 10 ft)
50 mm to 6 000 mm (2 in. to 20 ft)
50 mm to 6 000 mm (2 in. to 20 ft)
Control
Laser on/off rocker switch
Laser on/off rocker switch
Laser on/off switch
Housing material
Aluminum, powder coat finish
Aluminum, powder coat finish
Extruded aluminium
Dimensions
Transmitter unit
Receiver unit
Reflector dimensions
169 ™ 51 ™ 37 mm (6.65 ™ 2.0 ™ 1.5 in.)
169 ™ 51 ™ 37 mm (6.5 ™ 2.0 ™ 1.5 in.)
22 ™ 32 mm (0.9 ™ 1.3 in.)
169 ™ 51 ™ 37 mm (6.65 ™ 2.0 ™ 1.5 in.)
169 ™ 51 ™ 37 mm (6.5 ™ 2.0 ™ 1.5 in.)
22 ™ 32 mm (0.9 ™ 1.3 in.)
70 ™ 74 ™ 61 mm (2.8 ™ 2.9 ™ 2.4 in.)
96 ™ 74 ™ 61 mm (3.8 ™ 2.9 ™ 2.4 in.)
N/A
Weight
Transmitter unit
Receiver unit
365 g (0.8 lbs)
340 g (0.7 lbs)
365 g (0.8 lbs)
340 g (0.7 lbs)
320 g (0.7 lbs)
270 g (0.6 lbs)
Mounting
Magnetic, side mounted
Magnetic, side mounted
Magnetic, groove mounted
(optional side adapter TMEB A2)
V-guides
N/A
N/A
Size 1: 22 mm, short rods (3¥ pairs)
Size 2: 22 mm, long rods (3¥ pairs)
Size 3: 40 mm, short rods (3¥ pairs)
Size 4: 40 mm, long rods (3¥ pairs)
Battery
2 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
2 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
2 ™ AA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time
25 hours continuous operation
8 hours continuous operation
20 hours continuous operation
Carrying case dimensions
260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.) 260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.) 260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Total weight (incl. case)
1,3 kg (2.9 lbs)
1,3 kg (2.9 lbs)
1,3 kg (2.9 lbs)
Operating temperature
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
–20 to +65 °C (–4 to +150 °F)
Relative humidity
10 to 90% RH non-condensing
10 to 90% RH non-condensing
10 to 90% RH non-condensing
IP rating
IP 40
IP 40
IP 40
Calibration certificate
Valid for two years
Valid for two years
Valid for two years
87
Basic condition monitoring
Basic condition monitoring is essential for achieving maximum bearing service life
To help ensure long bearing service life, it is important to
determine the condition of machinery and bearings while
in operation. Good predictive maintenance will help reduce
machine downtime and decrease overall maintenance costs.
To help you achieve the maximum service life from
your bearings, SKF has developed a wide range of
instruments for analysing the critical environmental
conditions which have an impact on bearing and
machine performance.
Maintenance concepts
Run to failure
Run to Failure
Cost of
maintenance
per year
Preventive
Predictive
Run to failure occurs when repair action is not taken until a problem
results in machine failure. Run to failure problems often cause
costly secondary damage along with unplanned downtime and
maintenance costs.
Maintenance Program
Maintenance cost comparisons.
Preventive maintenance
August
Preventive maintenance is similar to the regular service of a car.
Often, unnecessary maintenance is performed.
Potential for failure
Predictive maintenance
Vibration analysis
Condition
Lubricant analysis
Temperature changes
Opportunity
for corrective
action
Operator inspection
Noise
Failure
Time
Condition based maintenance means repairs are only carried
out when required.
88
Preventive maintenance implies that a machine, or parts of a
machine, are overhauled on a regular basis regardless of the
condition of the parts. While preferable to run to failure maintenance,
preventive maintenance is costly because of excessive downtime from
unnecessary overhauls and the cost of replacing good parts along
with worn parts.
Condition monitoring/predictive maintenance is the process of
determining the condition of machinery while in operation. This
enables the repair of problem components prior to failure. Condition
monitoring not only helps plant personnel reduce the possibility of
catastrophic failure, but also allows them to order parts in advance,
schedule manpower, and plan other repairs during the downtime.
With condition monitoring, machinery analysis takes two overlapping
forms: predictive and diagnostic.
SKF has developed a comprehensive range of basic
condition monitoring tools suitable for Operator Driven
Reliability (ODR) and maintenance technicians. Under
ODR, some maintenance practices are owned, managed,
and performed by operators. Often, the operators are the
best persons equipped for basic inspection activities, as
they know their part of the plant very well. They are often
sensitive to minor changes in sounds and vibrations that
may not be apparent to someone lacking their front-line
experience.
Subsequently, minor defects can be corrected quickly,
as the operator can undertake simple adjustment and
repair tasks.
Maintenance technicians also have need for basic
condition monitoring tools. If, for example, abnormal
vibrations are detected or if an operator reports an
abnormal running condition, then the technician can
often use some basic condition monitoring tools to detect
the root cause for further evaluation.
SKF basic condition monitoring tools can be used to check a number of properties:
Temperature
Since the dawn of the industrial age, operators and technicians know
that abnormal temperatures often indicate that something is wrong
with the machine. Such instruments as thermometers and thermal
imagers can help find and then measure these hotspots, allowing
further analysis to be conducted.
Speed
Machines are usually designed to run at a given speed. If the speed
is too slow or too fast, then the overall process can be compromised.
Using a hand-held tachometer enables a quick and easy assessment
of the machine’s running speed.
Visual
Visual inspection of a machine’s condition can sometimes be difficult
when it’s running or when there is a need to inspect the machine
internally. A stroboscope can be used to visually freeze the motion of
a machine to allow such things as fan blades, couplings and belt drives
to be inspected while running.
To inspect the internal parts of a machine often requires disassembly.
By using an endoscope, it is possible to access the area of interest with
minimal disassembly, saving time and money.
89
Sound
Abnormal sounds from machines often indicate that something is
wrong. A stethoscope can be used to help pinpoint the source of the
sound and can aid the technician in identifying the problem. Leaks in
compressed air systems are costly, not only in energy costs but also due
to extra costs in air compressor maintenance. Ultrasonic leak detectors
can help detect leaks efficiently, allowing the necessary repairs to be
made. Excessive noise can cause worker fatigue, increased accidents
and loss of hearing. A sound pressure meter can measure the sound
level, allowing corrective measures to be made.
Electrical discharge currents
Electrical discharges are a result of motor shaft voltages discharging
to earth through the bearing, causing electrical erosion, lubricant
degradation and ultimately bearing failure. An electrical discharge
detector can help detect the presence of electrical discharge currents,
allowing remedial action to be taken.
Vibration
Abnormal vibrations are often the first indication of a potential machine
failure. These vibrations can be caused by such conditions as unbalance,
misalignment, looseness of parts, rolling element bearing and gear
damage. Vibration analysis instruments and systems, can help detect
many serious problems at an early stage, allowing remedial work to be
undertaken in a timely manner.
Lubricant condition
To maintain the optimum condition of rolling element bearings, it is
essential that the lubricant is in good condition. Checking the oil or
grease condition at regular intervals can reduce downtime and greatly
prolong the life of rolling element bearings.
90
SKF Thermometers
SKF Thermometers are suitable for a wide range of applications. The pocket sized SKF TMTP 200
is a user friendly instrument with a sturdy flexible probe tip enabling many surface temperatures
to be measured. The SKF TKDT 10 has a wide temperature measurement range and has the
option to accommodate up to two SKF temperature probes.
TMTP 200
TKDT 10
• Compact, ergonomic design
• Flexible probe tip for better surface contact, providing high
measuring accuracy
• Maximum temperature function allows temperature peak hold
• Auto power off function with very low power consumption
• Large back-lit LCD display
• Can be used with an optional second SKF temperature probe enabling
either probe temperature, or the temperature difference between the
probes, to be displayed.
• Can be used with an optional second SKF temperature probe enabling
either probe temperature, or the temperature difference between the
probes, to be displayed.
• Temperature display can be frozen for ease of reading
• User selectable auto power off function increases battery life
Technical data
Designation
TMTP 200
TKDT 10
Display
3 digit LCD
Large back-lit LCD
Displayed resolution
1° for the entire range
0,1 ° up to 1 000 °, otherwise 1°
Measurement modes
Max
Min, max, average, differential, dual temperature reading
Measurement units
°C, °F
°C, °F, K
Temperature using probe
–40 to +200 °C (–40 to +392 °F)
–200 to +1 372 °C (–328 to +2 501 °F)
Accuracy
±1,5 °C (2.7 °F) (acc. DIN IEC 584 class 1)
>–100 °C (>–148 °F): ±0.5% of reading ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
Probe compatibility
N/A
2™ Type-K connectors
Probe supplied
Embedded K-type thermocouple (NiCr/NiAl)
TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up to 900 °C (1 650 °F)
Battery
3™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
3™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time
4 000 hours typical use
18 hours typical use (backlight on)
Product dimensions
165 ™ 50 ™ 21 mm (6.5 ™ 2 ™ 0.8 in.)
160 ™ 63 ™ 30 mm (6.3 ™ 2.5 ™ 1.2 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Product weight
95 g (0.2 lbs)
200 g (0.4 lbs)
91
SKF Infrared thermometers
Infrared thermometers are portable, lightweight instruments for safely measuring
temperature at a distance. They are extremely user-friendly; simply aim and pull the
trigger and the temperature is shown on the display. These robust instruments are
equipped with a back-lit display and laser sighting. They are fitted with a bright LED
illuminator to allow the application object to be seen even in poorly lit environments.
D:S = 16:1
D:S = 16:1
D:S = 50:1
e = 0,95
e = 0,1–1,0
e = 0,1–1,0
TKTL 10
TKTL 20
TKTL 30
An infrared thermometer that’s an
essential tool for every technician
An infrared and contact thermometer
offering versatile temperature
measurement options
An infrared and contact temperature
thermometer with a wide measurement
range and dual laser sighting
• Maximum temperature always shown;
helps identify the real hotspots
• Auto shut off feature; helps optimise
battery life
• Colour display with temperature trend
indication
• Supplied with temperature probe TMDT
2-30 (max. 900 °C (1 652 °F)); suitable for
many direct contact applications
• Can be used with any SKF temperature
probe
• User selectable, multiple temperature
measurement modes including: maximum,
minimum, average, differential and probe/
infrared dual display, scan function
• User selectable high and low alarm levels
with audible warning signal
• Mode dependant auto shut off feature
optimises battery life
• Colour display with temperature trend
indication
• Dual laser sighting feature defines the
diameter of the area being measured; helps
the user to precisely pin-point the
temperature measurement area
• Supplied with temperature probe TMDT
2-30 (max. 900 °C (1 652 °F)); suitable for
many direct contact applications
• Can be used with any SKF temperature
probe
• User selectable, multiple temperature
measurement modes including: maximum,
minimum, average, differential and probe/
infrared dual display, scan function
• User selectable high and level alarm levels
with audible warning signal
• Mode dependant auto shut off feature
optimises battery life
92
D:S = 50:1
When used in non-contact mode, the thermometer senses the
thermal energy radiated from an object with an infrared detector.
When pointed at an object, the infrared detector collects energy,
producing a signal that the microprocessor translates as a reading
on the backlit display.
As the trigger is squeezed, the object temperature is continuously
measured by the infrared detector. This allows for fast and accurate
realtime readings.
e = 0,1–1,0
TKTL 40
An infrared and contact temperature thermometer with
video and data logging capabilities
• Built-in camera allows pictures and videos, with all measurement
information to be taken, stored, recalled and exported to PC
• Environmental properties such as ambient, dew point and wet-bulb
temperatures, as well as relative humidity, can be displayed and stored
• Dual laser sighting defines the temperature measurement area
TKTL 10
• Supplied with temperature probe TMDT 2-30 (max. 900 °C (1 652 °F))
for direct contact applications. Can also be used with any other SKF
temperature probe
• User selectable, multiple temperature measurement modes including:
maximum, minimum, average, differential and probe/infrared
dual display
• Data logging function can be used to visualise temperature changes
over time
• User selectable high and low alarm levels with audible warning signal
• User selectable auto shut off feature optimises the rechargeable
battery life
TKTL 20
TKTL 30
TKTL 40
Temperature range using infrared
–60 to +625 °C
(–76 to +1 157 °F)
–60 to +625 °C
(–76 to +1 157 °F)
–60 to +1 000 °C
(–76 to +1 832 °F)
–50 to +1 000 °C
(–58 to +1 832 °F)
Temperature range using probe
–
–64 to +1 400 °C
(–83 to +1 999 °F)
–64 to +1 400 °C
(–83 to +1 999 °F)
–50 to +1 370 °C
(–58 to +2 498 °F)
Distance to spot size
16:1
16:1
50:1
50:1
Emissivity
Pre-set 0,95
0,1–1,0
0,1–1,0
0,1–1,0
93
Technical data
Designation
TKTL 10
TKTL 20
Probe supplied
–
TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up TMDT 2-30, suitable for use
to 900 °C (1 650 °F)
up to 900 °C (1 650 °F)
TKTL 30
TMDT 2-30, suitable for use up
to 900 °C (1 650 °F)
TKTL 40
Full range accuracy
Tobj = 0 to 625 °C ±2%
of reading or 2 °C (4 °F)
whichever is greater
Tobj = 0 to 635 °C ±2%
of reading or 2 °C (4 °F)
whichever is greater
±2% of reading or 2 °C (4 °F)
whichever is greater
20 to 500 °C: ±1% of reading or
1 °C (1.8 °F) whichever is greater
500 to 1 000 °C: ±1,5% of reading
–50 to +20 °C: ±3,5 °C (6.3 °F)
Environmental limits
Operation 0 to 50 °C
(32 to 122 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Operation 0 to 50 °C
(32 to 122 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Operation 0 to 50 °C
(32 to 122 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Operation 0 to 50 °C
(32 to 122 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Storage –20 to +65 °C
(–4 to +149 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Storage –20 to +65 °C
(–4 to +149 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Storage –20 to +65 °C
(–4 to +149 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Storage –10 to +60 °C
(14 to 150 °F)
10 to 95% relative humidity
Response time (90%)
<1 000 ms
<1 000 ms
<1 000 ms
<300 ms
LCD display resolution
0,1 °C/F from –9,9 to ~199,9
otherwise 1 °C/F
0,1 °C/F from –9,9 to ~199,9
otherwise 1 °C/F
0,1 °C/F from –9,9 to ~199,9
otherwise 1 °C/F
0,1 ° up to 1 000 °,
otherwise 1 °
Spectral response
8–14 µm
8–14 µm
8–14 µm
8–14 µm
User selectable backlit
display
No, permanently on
On/Off
On/Off
No, permanently on
User selectable laser pointer
No, permanently on
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Measurement modes
Max temperature
Max, min, average, differential,
probe/IR dual temperature
modes
Max, min, average, differential,
probe/IR dual temperature
modes
Max, min, average, differential,
probe/IR dual temperature
modes
Alarm modes
–
High and low level alarm level
with warning bleep
High and low level alarm level
with warning bleep
High and low level alarm level
with audible alarm
Laser
Class 2
Class 2
Class 2
Class 2
Dimensions
195 ™ 70 ™ 48 mm
(7.7 ™ 2.7 ™ 1.9 in.)
195 ™ 70 ™ 48 mm
(7.7 ™ 2.7 ™ 1.9 in.)
203 ™ 197 ™ 47 mm
(8.0 ™ 7.7 ™ 1.8 in.)
205 ™ 155 ™ 62 mm
(8.1 ™ 6.1 ™ 2.4 in.)
Packaging
Carton box
Sturdy carrying case
Sturdy carrying case
Sturdy carrying case
Carrying case dimensions
–
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm
(20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm
(20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm
(20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Weight
230 g (0.5 lb)
Total: 1 100 g (2.4 lb)
TKTL 20: 230 g (0.50 lb)
Total: 1 300 g (2.9 lb)
TKTL 30: 370 g (0.815 lb)
Total: 1 600 g (2.53 lb)
TKTL 40: 600 g (1.32 lb)
Battery
2 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
2 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
2 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
1 ™ Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
Battery lifetime
18 hours
18 hours
140 hours with laser and
backlight off
Otherwise 18 hours
4 hours continuous use
Auto switch off
Yes
User selectable
User selectable
User selectable
HVAC functionalities
–
–
–
Wet bulb, dew point, humidity,
air temperature
Photo and video mode
–
–
–
640 ™ 480 camera, images
(JPEG) and video (3 GP)
Memory/PC connection
–
–
–
310 MB internal memory.
Expandable using micro SD
memory card (8 GB max.)
/ mini USB cable
Technical data – Thermocouple probes
94
Probe type
K–type thermocouple (NiCr/NiAl) acc. IEC 584 Class 1
Accuracy
±1,5 °C (2.7 °F) up to 375 °C (707 °F)
±0,4% of reading above 375 °C (707 °F)
Handle
110 mm (4.3 in.) long
Cable
1 000 mm (39.4 in.) spiral cable
(excl. TMDT 2-31, -38, -39, 41)
Plug
K–type mini–plug (1 260-K)
SKF K-type Thermocouple Probes TMDT 2 series
For use with SKF Infrared Thermometers TKTL 20, TKTL 30 and TKTL 40
Dimensions (mm)
130
Designation
Description
Max.
temp
Response
time
TMDT 2-30
Standard surface probe
For hard surfaces such as bearings, bearing housings, engine blocks, oven
shields, etc.
900 °C
(1 650 °F)
2,3 s
TMDT 2-43
Heavy duty surface probe
Same as TMDT 2-30, but with a silicone encapsulated tip for heavy duty
applications.
300 °C
(570 °F)
3,0 s
TMDT 2-32
Insulated surface probe
For hard surfaces where electrical wiring might cause short circuiting, e.g.
electric motors, transformers, etc.
200 °C
(390 °F)
2,3 s
TMDT 2-33
Right angle surface probe
For hard surfaces in heavy-duty applications, e.g. machine components,
engines, etc.
450 °C
(840 °F)
8,0 s
TMDT 2-31
Magnetic surface probe
For hard, magnetic surfaces; the integral heat sink design and low mass
minimise thermal inertia and provide an accurate temperature measurement.
240 °C
(460 °F)
7,0 s
TMDT 2-35
Probe with sharp tip
Can be easily inserted into semi-solid materials like food-stuffs, meat, plastic,
asphalt, deep-frozen products, etc.
600 °C
(1 110 °F)
12,0 s
TMDT 2-36
Pipe clamp probe
For temperature measuring on pipes, cables, etc. Diameter up to ø 35 mm
(1.4 in.).
200 °C
(390 °F)
8,0 s
TMDT 2-38
Wire probe
Thin, lightweight, very fast response, fibreglass insulated.
300 °C
(570 °F)
5,0 s
TMDT 2-39
High temperature wire probe
Thin, light weight, very fast response, ceramic insulation.
1 350 °C
(2 460 °F)
6,0 s
TMDT 2-34
Gas and liquid probe
Flexible shank made of stainless steel for liquids, oils, acids, etc. and for use
with high temperatures, e.g. open fire (not for molten metals).
1 100 °C
(2 010 °F)
12,0 s
TMDT 2-34/1.5
Gas and liquid probe
Same as TMDT 2-34 but with thin shank and faster response time. Very
flexible, especially suitable for measuring temperature of gases.
900 °C
(1 650 °F)
6,0 s
TMDT 2-40
Rotating probe
For moving or rotating smooth surfaces. Four roller bearings provide suitable
contact with the surfaces. Max. velocity 500 m/min.
200 °C
(390 °F)
0,6 s
TMDT 2-41
Non-ferrous foundry probe
Holder including dip-element for molten, non-ferrous metals. Highly resistant
to corrosion and oxidation at high temperatures.
1 260 °C
(2 300 °F)
30,0 s
TMDT 2-42
Ambient temperature probe
For measurement of ambient temperature.
TMDT 2-37
Extension cable
For use with all K-type probes. Special lengths are available on request.
ø8
130
ø8
ø8
130
250
ø8
14
130
ø3
ø35 max.
1 000
ø1,5
1 500
2,9 ™ 4,5
250
ø3
130
ø1,5
D ≥50 mm
1 500
10 metres
All probes can be used with the SKF digital thermometers TKTL 20, TKTL 30 and TKTL 40 without recalibration.
95
Thermal imaging
Detect hot spots before they cause you trouble
Using an SKF Thermal camera is a proactive way to help you detect problems before they
occur, increasing uptime and improving safety. They allow you to be able to visualise potential
problems, invisible to the naked eye, by presenting a picture of the heat distribution of an asset.
The thermal image, presented on a large LCD screen, shows you where the temperature is
either too hot or too cold allowing you to pinpoint potential problems fast.
SKF Thermal Cameras allow you to:
• Detect problems before they occur
• Inspect your running equipment under full load,
minimising production interference
• Safely inspect difficult to access live electrical equipment
• Inspect your plant under varying running conditions, allowing
you to determine the potential causes of intermittent faults
• Reduce production losses due to unplanned downtime
• Reduce the time necessary for planned shutdowns
• Reduce your maintenance and repair costs
• Increase your equipment’s lifetime and mean time between
failures (MTBF)
• Increase your plant availability and reliability
• Realise a high return on your investment when used as a part
of a well-run proactive maintenance programme
TKTI 21
160 ™ 120
• Easy hotspot detection and pinpointing at moderate distances
• Alarm function alerts you to troublesome hot spots
• Advanced display options available for experienced thermographers
96
TKTI 31
380 ™ 280
• High resolution thermal imaging capability
(40% more pixels than a 320 ™ 240 thermal camera)
• Wide temperature range from –20 to +600 °C (–4 to +1 112 °F)
• Suitable for many thermal imaging applications at far distances
Analysis and reporting software suite
• Unique SKF software designed by and for real users
• Comprehensive analysis and reporting options are simple to use
• Easily produce professional results
Image
Analysis
Report
CW pump motor #6
IR_19
Date created: 02/07/2013 15:30
Global emissivity: 0.96
Location:
Reflected temperature: 26.3°C
Operator:
Ambient temperature: 26.3°C
Infrared camera: SKF TKTI 31
Min temperature / emissivity: 22.9°C / 0.96
Machine designation:
Max temperature / emissivity: 76.7°C / 0.96
76.8°C
24.4°C
Measurements / annotations
1
Avg: 62.3°C
2
Avg: 59.1°C
Min: 24.4°C
3
Temperature: 71.3°C
4
Avg: 66.2°C
Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.7°C
Min: 32.1°C
Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.0°C
Emissivity: 0.96
5
Temperature: 63.9°C
Emissivity: 0.96
Min: 31.8°C
Emissivity: 0.96 Max: 76.7°C
1
Rugged and ready
• Designed for use in tough work environments
• Wide operating temperature from –15 to +50 °C (5 to 122 °F)
• Supplied with two user rechargeable batteries which allow for
almost constant use
Water splash
IP54
Dust protected
Easy to use
•
•
•
•
Tactile button feedback allows use with gloves
Simple, but comprehensive, menu structure
Camera, with good weight balance, reduces user fatigue
Live thermal pictures can be displayed on standard TV
monitor (PAL/NTSC)
97
Visual and thermal
Overheating conveyor bearing
Distribution line faults
Fused disconnect
Steam traps
TKTI 21
Mechanical
Bearings and housings
Belt and chain drives
Conveyor belt bearings
Coupling alignment
Heat exchangers
HVAC
Loose bolts
Pipe insulation
Pumps
Refractory insulation
Steam traps
Tank levels
Valves
Electrical
Electric motors, inc junction boxes
Electrical cabinet inspections
Electrical connection problems, incl. unbalanced loads, fuses and overloads
Power line connections
Power lines
Powerline capacitors
Transformer bushings
Transformer cooling and electrical
Buildings
Buildings - indoors - insulation, moisture
Buildings - outdoors - moisture, heat, insulation, energy audits, roofs
98
TKTI 31
Technical data
Designation
TKTI 21
TKTI 31
Performance
Thermal detector (FPA)
160 ™ 120 uncooled FPA microbolometer
380 ™ 280 uncooled FPA microbolometer
Display
3.5 in. colour LCD with LED backlight,
11 colour palettes, thermal or visual image
3.5 in. colour LCD with LED backlight,
11 colour palettes, thermal or visual image
Thermal sensitivity
NETD ≤100 mK (0.10 °C) at 23 °C (73 °F) ambient
and 30 °C (86 °F) scene temperature
NETD ≤60 mK (0.06 °C) at 23 °C (73 °F) ambient
and 30 °C (86 °F) scene temperature
Field of view (FOV)
25 ™ 19°
25 ™ 19°
Spectral range
8–14 microns
8–14 microns
Theoretical spatial resolution IFOV
2.77 mrad
1.15 mrad
Measureable spatial resolution IFOV
8.31 mrad
3.46 mrad
Accuracy
The greater of ±2 °C or ±2% of reading in °C
The greater of ±2 °C or ±2% of reading in °C
Focus
Manual, easy turn ring, mininum distance 10 cm (3.9 in.)
Manual, easy turn ring, mininum distance 10 cm (3.9 in.)
Visual camera
1.3 Megapixel digital camera
1.3 Megapixel digital camera
Laser pointer
Built-in class 2 laser
Built-in class 2 laser
Frame rate and image frequency
9 Hz
9 Hz
Standard mode
–20 to +350 °C (–4 to +662 °F)
–20 to +180 °C (–4 to +356 °F)
High temperature mode
N/A
100 to 600 °C (212 to 1 112 °F)
Measurement modes
Up to 4 movable spots. Up to 3 movable areas and 2 movable lines (maximum, minimum and average temperatures).
Automatic temperature difference. Hot and cold spots. Visual and audible alarms. Isotherms.
Emissivity correction
User selectable 0.1 to 1.0 in steps of 0.01 with reflected and ambient temperature compensation. Emissivity can be
individually adjusted on each cursor. Emissivity table of common surfaces built-in.
Measurement
Image Storage
Medium
2 GB Micro SD card
2 GB Micro SD card
Number
Up to 10 000 images on Micro SD card supplied
Up to 10 000 images on Micro SD card supplied
Voice annotation
Input via built-in microphone for up to 60 seconds
clip per image
Input via built-in microphone for up to 60 seconds
clip per image
Software
Included SKF TKTI Thermal Camera suite. Comprehensive image analysis and report generation software compatible
with TKTI 21 and TKTI 31, Free updates available on SKF.com
Computer requirements
PC with Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7 or above
PC with Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7 or above
PC connection
Mini USB connector for image export to PC software
(Cable provided)
Mini USB connector for image export to PC software
(Cable provided)
External DC input
12 V DC Input connector (DC Charger not provided)
12 V DC Input connector (DC Charger not provided)
Video output
1 ™ Mini-jack output for live image viewing
(mini-jack to video cable provided)
1 ™ Mini-jack output for live image viewing
(mini-jack to video cable provided)
Mounting
Handheld and tripod mounting 0.25 in. BSW.
Handheld and tripod mounting 0.25 in. BSW.
Battery
2 ™ 14,8 W, 7,4 V standard camcorder Li-ion batteries.
Rechargeable and field replaceable
2 ™ 14,8 W, 7,4 V standard camcorder Li-ion batteries.
Rechargeable and field replaceable
Operation time
Up to 4 hours continuous operation with 80% brightness
Up to 4 hours continuous operation with 80% brightness
Power adapter
External 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz AC battery compact
charger with Europe cable, USA, UK and Australian plugs
External 100–240 V, 50–60 Hz AC battery compact
charger with Europe cable, USA, UK and Australian plugs
Charging time
2 hours and 45 minutes
2 hours and 45 minutes
Contents
Thermal camera TKTI 21 with 2 ™ batteries; AC Battery
Charger; Micro SD card (2GB); Mini USB to USB
connection cable; Mini-jack to video connection cable;
Micro SD card to USB adapter; CD containing instructions
for use and PC software; Certificate of calibration and
conformance; Quick start guide (English); Carrying case.
Thermal camera TKTI 31 with 2 ™ batteries; AC Battery
Charger; Micro SD card (2GB); Mini USB to USB
connection cable; Mini-jack to video connection cable;
Micro SD card to USB adapter; CD containing instructions
for use and PC software; Certificate of calibration and
conformance; Quick start guide (English); Carrying case.
Warranty
2 years standard warranty
2 years standard warranty
Carrying case dimensions
105 ™ 230 ™ 345 mm (4.13 ™ 9.06 ™ 9.65 in.)
105 ™ 230 ™ 345 mm (4.13 ™ 9.06 ™ 9.65 in.)
Weight (incl. battery)
1,1 kg (2.42 lb)
1,1 kg (2.42 lb)
Connections
Battery and Power
Complete system
99
Pinpoint accuracy combined with measurement versatility
SKF Tachometer Series
The SKF Tachometers are fast and accurate instruments utilizing laser or contact to measure
rotational and linear speeds. Equipped with a laser and a range of contact adapters, they are
versatile instruments that suit a wide range of applications. Having a compact design, they can
be operated with just one hand and are supplied in a sturdy carrying case.
TKRT 10
TKRT 20
• Wide speed measurement range: up to 99 999 r/min for laser
measurement and 20 000 r/min using contact adapters
• Measurement modes include; rotational speed, total revolutions,
frequency, surface speed and length in both metric and imperial units
• Laser can be used for safe and quick, non-contact rotational speed
measurements at distances up to 0.5 m (20 in.)
• Large back-lit LCD display enables easy reading in almost all
light conditions
• Angular range of ±45° to target helps facilitate easy measuring
• Up to 10 readings can be stored for later reference
• The user can select the following to measure:
– rpm, rps, m, ft or yds per minute or second,
– length or revolution counting, or
– time interval
• Wide speed range and the various measurement modes make the
SKF TKRT 20 suitable for measuring speed in many applications
• Large angular range of ±80° to target facilitates easy measuring in
areas where straight–line access is difficult
• The laser optical system allows easy and quick measurements at a
safe distance from rotating machinery
• The large inverting LCD display facilitates easy reading, even when
pointing the unit down into the machinery
• The SKF TKRT 20 can also be equipped with a remote laser sensor,
which is optionally available
100
The laser optical system allows
easy and quick measurements
at a safe distance from rotating
machinery.
Technical data
Designation
TKRT 10
TKRT 20
Display
5 digit LCD backlit display
Inverting vertical 5 digit LCD
Memory
10 readings memories
Last reading held for 1 minute
r/min, hertz
r/min and r/s (also count and time interval)
Measurement
Optical modes
Contact modes
r/min, metres, inches, yards, feet, per min, hertz
r/min and r/s, metres, yards, feet, per min and per sec
Count modes
total revs, metres, feet, yards
total revs, metres, feet, yards
Sampling time
0,5 seconds (over 120 r/min)
0,8 seconds or time between pulses
0,1 seconds auto-selection in max or min capture mode
Linear speed
0,2 to 1 500 metres/min (4 500 ft/min)
0,3 to 1 500 metres/min (4 500 ft/min) or equivalent in seconds
Optical measurement
Rotational speed range
3 to 99 999 r/min
3 to 99 999 r/min
Accuracy
±0,05% of reading ±1 digit
±0,01% of reading ±1 digit
Measuring distance
50 to 500 mm (1.9 to 19.7 in.)
50 to 2 000 mm (1.9 to 78.7 in.)
Angle of operation
±45°
±80°
Laser sensor
1 ™ built-in class 2 laser
1 ™ built-in class 2 laser
Remote laser sensor
N/A
Optional TMRT 1-56
2 to 20 000 r/min
Max. 50 000 r/min for 10 sec
Contact measurement
Rotational speed range
Accuracy
±1% of reading ±1 digit
±1% of reading ±1 digit
Contact adaptors
Included with conical tip, conical recess and wheel
Included with r/min cone and removable metric wheel assembly
Battery
1™ 9 V alkaline type IEC 6F22
4™ AAA alkaline type IEC LR03
Operation time
12 hours continuous use
24 hours continuous use
Product dimensions
160 ™ 60 ™ 42 mm (6.3 ™ 2.4 ™ 1.7 in.)
213 ™ 40 ™ 39 mm (8.3 ™ 1.5 ™ 1.5 in.)
Product weight
160 g (0.35 lbs)
170 g (0.37 lbs)
Carrying case dimensions
260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Operating temperature
0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
–10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
Relative humidity
10 to 90% RH non-condensing
10 to 90% RH non-condensing
IP rating
IP 40
IP 40
101
Easy, cost effective inspection in a flash
SKF Stroboscopes TKRS series
The SKF Stroboscopes, TKRS 10 and TKRS 20 are portable, compact, easy-to-use
stroboscopes that enable the motion of rotating or reciprocating machinery to appear frozen.
They allow such applications as fan blades, couplings, gear wheels, machine tool spindles and
belt drives to be inspected while running. TKRS stroboscopes are useful for ODR programmes
and are an essential instrument for maintenance technicians.
TKRS 10
TKRS 20
• Flash rates of up to 12 500 flashes per minute cover a wide
range of applications
• Easy to read LCD display
• Xenon flashtube source lasts for at least 100 million flashes
• Supplied with an extra flashtube to minimise unit downtime
• Rechargeable power pack alllows up to 2,5 hours of use
between charging
• Low energy consuming LED light source lets the rechargeable
power pack to typically operate for at least twelve hours
• Bright and powerful flash gives a good target illumination at a
distance, with a focused viewing area, and is ideal for outdoor use
• Flash rates of up to 300 000 flashes per minute cover most high
speed applications. For routine inspections, the powerful lamp mode
is useful
• A remote optical sensor is included enabling the flash rate to be easily
triggered, and also enables the stroboscope to be used as
a tachometer
• Easy to read LCD display shows user settings, and enables the ten
user programmable flash rate memories to be quickly recalled
• Using the optional cable TKRS C1, the TKRS 20 can be connected to a
SKF Microlog
The TKRS series have the following features:
• Ergonomic controls enable the flash rate to be set in a matter
of seconds
• Phase shift mode enables the viewing of the object of interest to
be rotated to the correct position for viewing; especially useful
for gear wheels and fan blade inspection
• For ease of use for extended periods, they are equipped with a
tripod mounting thread
• Supplied in a sturdy carrying case with universal charger
102
Technical data
Designation
TKRS 10
TKRS 20
Flash rate range
40 to 12 500 flashes per minute (f/min.)
30 to 300 000 flashes per minute (f/min.)
Optical sensor flash rate range
Not applicable
30 to 100 000 f/min.
Flash rate accuracy
±0,5 f/min. or ±0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater
±1 f/min. or ±0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater
Flash setting and display resolution
100 to 9 999 f/min.; 0,1 f/min.,
10 000 to 12 500 f/min.; 1 f/min.
30 to 9 999 f/min.; 0,1 f/min.,
10 000 to 300 000 f/min.; 1 f/min.
Tachometer range
40 to 59 000 r/min.
30 to 300 000 r/min.
Tachometer accuracy
±0,5 r/min. or ±0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater
±0,5 r/min. or ±0,01% of reading,
whichever is greater
Flash source
Xenon tube: 10 W
LED
Flash duration
9–15 ms
0,1°–5°
Light power
154 mJ per flash
1 600 lux at 6 000 f/min. at 0,2 m (8 in.)
Power pack type
NiMH, rechargeable and removable
NiMH, rechargeable and removable
Power pack charge time
2–4 hours
2–4 hours
Run time per charge
2,5 hours at 1 600 f/min.,
1,25 hours at 3 200 f/min.
12 hours typical usage
6 hours with optical sensor
Battery charger AC input
100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Display
8 character by 2 line LCD, alphanumeric
8 character by 2 line LCD, alphanumeric
Display update
continuous
continuous
Controls
Power, ™2, ™1/2, phase shift, external trigger
Power, ™2, ™1/2, phase shift, external trigger,
pulse length and memory
External trigger input
0–5 V TTL type via stereo phono jack
0–5 V TTL type via stereo phono jack
EXTL. trigger to flash delay
5 ms maximum
5 ms maximum
Clock output 0–5 V TTL
Type signal via stereo phono jack
Type signal via stereo phono jack
Weight
650 g (1 lb, 7 oz.)
600 g (1 lb, 5 oz.)
Carrying case dimensions
360 ™ 110 ™ 260 mm (14.2 ™ 4.3 ™ 10.2 in.)
360 ™ 110 ™ 260 mm (14.2 ™ 4.3 ™ 10.2 in.)
Operating temperature
10 to 40 °C (50 to 104 °F)
10 to 40 °C (50 to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
–20 to +45 °C (–4 to +113 °F)
–20 to +45 °C (–4 to +113 °F)
103
Fast and easy inspection with video function
SKF Endoscopes TKES 10 series
SKF Endoscopes are first line inspection tools that can be used for internal
inspection of machinery. They help minimise the need to disassemble
machinery for inspection, saving time and money. The compact display unit,
with 3.5” backlit screen, allows images and video to be saved and recalled,
or to be downloaded and shared with others. Three different models cater to
most needs and are equipped with powerful variable LED lighting allowing
inspections in dark locations.
• High resolution miniature camera, with up
to 2™ digital zoom, gives a clear and sharp
full screen image
• Available with a 1 metre (3.3 ft) insertion
tube in three different variants; flexible,
semi-rigid or with an articulating tip
• Small tip diameter of 5,8 mm (0.23 in.),
with a wide field of view, allows easy access
to most applications
• Supplied with a side view adapter allowing
inspection of applications such as pipe walls
• Powerful magnets, and a tripod mount on
the back of the display unit, allow the display
unit to be used “hands free”
TKES 10F
Flexible tube
104
TKES 10S
Semi-rigid tube
• Up to 50 000 photos or 120 minutes of
video can be stored on the SD memory
card supplied
• Longer flexible and semi-rigid insertion
tubes are available as accessories
• Supplied in a sturdy carrying case complete
with all necessary cables, universal mains
charger and cleaning kit
TKES 10A
Tube with an
articulating tip
Photos and videos can be transferred to PC using the USB cable provided.
Technical data
Designation
TKES 10F
TKES 10S
TKES 10A
Insertion Tube & Light Source
Flexible tube
Semi-rigid tube
Tube with an articulating tip
Image Sensor
CMOS Image Sensor
CMOS Image Sensor
CMOS Image Sensor
Resolution (H ™ V)
– Still Image (static)
– Video (dynamic)
640 ™ 480 pixels
320 ™ 240 pixels
640 ™ 480 pixels
320 ™ 240 pixels
320 ™ 240 pixels
320 ™ 240 pixels
Size Tip (Insertion Tube ) Diameter
5,8 mm (0.23 in.)
5,8 mm (0.23 in.)
5,8 mm (0.23 in.)
Tube length
1 m (39.4 in.)
1 m (39.4 in.)
1 m (39.4 in.)
Field of View
67°
67°
55°
Depth of Field
1,5–6 cm (0.6–2.4 in.)
1,5–6 cm (0.6–2.4 in.)
2–6 cm (0.8–2.4 in.)
Light Source
4 White adjustable LED
(0–275 Lux/4 cm)
4 White adjustable LED
(0–275 Lux/4 cm)
4 White adjustable LED
(0–275 Lux/4 cm)
Probe Working Temperature
–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
–20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
Ingress Protection Level
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
Display Unit
Power
5 V DC
Display
3.5” TFT LCD Monitor 320 ™ 240 pixels
Interface
Mini USB 1.1 / AV out / AV in/
Battery (not user serviceable)
Rechargeable Li-Polymer Battery (3.7 V).
Typically 4 hours operation after a 2 hour charge.
Video Out Format
NTSC & PAL
Recording medium
SD card 2 GB supplied – storage capacity ±50 000 photos,
or 120 minutes video. (SD/SDHC Cards up to 32 GB can be used)
Output resolution (H ™ V)
– Still Image (JPEG)
– Video recording format (ASF)
640 ™ 480 pixels
320 ™ 240 pixels
Temperature range
– Working & Storage
– Battery charging temperature range
-20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
Functions
Snapshot, Video recording, Picture & video review on LCD screen,
TV Out, transfer of picture & video from SD card to PC
105
Easily pinpoints bearing and machine noise
SKF Electronic Stethoscope TMST 3
The SKF TMST 3 is a high quality instrument enabling the determination of
troublesome machine parts by the detection of machine noises. TMST 3 includes
a headset, two different length probes (70 and 220 mm) and a pre-recorded
audio CD demonstrating the most common encountered troublesome machine
noises, all supplied complete in a sturdy carrying case.
• User friendly and easy to operate, no special training required
• Lightweight ergonomic design makes it easy to operate with one hand
• Excellent sound quality helps to reliably identify the possible cause of
the noise
• Excellent quality headset for optimum sound quality even in very
high-noise environments
• Pre-recorded demonstration CD and output for analogue recording
help facilitate analysis and comparison
• Supplied with two probes, 70 and 220 mm (2.8 and 8.7 in.) long
• Adjustable digital volume control up to 32 levels to reach desired
volume
Technical data
Designation
TMST 3
Frequency range
30 Hz–15 kHz
Battery
4 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03 (included)
Operating temperature
–10 to +45 °C (14 to 113 °F)
Battery lifetime
30 hours (continuous use)
Output volume
Adjustable in 32 levels
Dimensions handset
220 ™ 40 ™ 40 mm (8.6 ™ 1.6 ™ 1.6 in.)
Led indicator
Power on
Sound volume
Battery low
Probe length
70 and 220 mm (2.8 and 8.7 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
360 ™ 110 ™ 260 mm (14.2 ™ 4.3 ™ 10.2 in.)
Weight
Total weight
Instrument
Headset
1 600 g (3.5 lb)
162 g (0.35 lb)
250 g (0.55 lb)
Maximum recorder output
250 mV
Headset
48 ohm (with ear defender)
Auto switch off
Yes, after 2 min.
106
Easy noise level measurement
SKF Sound Pressure Meter TMSP 1
The SKF TMSP 1 is a high quality, handheld instrument for measuring the sound
level in decibels. The environmental noise is picked up by the microphone and
then processed by the handset. The noise can be monitored both quantitatively
and qualitatively.
The SKF Sound Pressure Meter is supplied in a carrying case complete with
windshield, calibration screwdriver, jack for external outputs and an alkaline battery.
• User friendly and easy to operate, no special training required
• dBA and dBC scale weightings for both general sound level and
low frequency noise measurements
• Fast and slow time weighting enables either normal measurements
or the average level of fluctuating noise
• Four different measurement scales to suit almost all situations
• User selectable backlight for use in environments with poor lighting
• Four digit LCD panel with both digital and bar graph display
• Max and min function for peak measurements and alarm function
to indicate when the noise level is too low or too high
• Tripod mounting thread for use when the instrument must remain
in the same position for a prolonged period
Technical data
Designation
TMSP 1
Frequency range
31,5 Hz to 8 KHz
Dynamic range
50 dB
Measuring level range
30 to 130 dB
Power supply
9 V Alkaline type IEC 6LR61
Display
LCD
Power life
50 hours (with alkaline battery)
Digital display
4 digits, Resolution: 0,1 dB,
Display update: 0,5 s
Operation temperature
0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
Operation humidity
10 to 90% relative humidity
Operation altitude
Up to 2 000 m (6 560 ft) above sea level
Analogue display
50 segments bar-graph
Resolution: 1 dB
Display update: 100 ms
Dimensions
275 ™ 64 ™ 30 mm (10.8 ™ 2.5 ™ 1.2 in.)
Time weighting
Fast (125 ms), Slow (1 s)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Level ranges
Lo = 30~80 dB, Med = 50~100 dB,
Hi = 80~130 dB, Auto = 30~130 dB
Weight
285 g (0.76 lb) including battery
Total weight (incl.case)
1 100 g (2.4 lb)
Accuracy
±1,5 dB (ref 94 dB at 1 KHz)
Conformity
Fulfills IEC651 type 2, ANSI S1.4 type 2
for sound level meters
107
Quick and easy detection of air leaks
SKF Ultrasonic Leak Detector TMSU 1
The SKF TMSU 1 is a high quality, user-friendly instrument enabling the detection of air leaks
by means of ultrasound. Leaks are caused by fluid flowing from a high pressure environment
to a low pressure environment, creating turbulence. The turbulence generates high frequency
sounds (so called ultrasound) that can be detected by SKF TMSU 1. The operator simply guides
the instrument to the loudest point, which helps locate the leak location.
SKF TMSU 1 also includes a headset, rubber nozzle and batteries,
supplied complete in a sturdy carrying case.
• Lightweight compact design makes it easy to operate with one hand
• User friendly, no special training required
• By identifying air leaks and fixing them, energy consumption is
significantly reduced
• The flexible tube allows access to confined spaces
• The headset provides high sound quality even in very high-noise
environments, and also helps to protect the ears
• Wide operating temperature
Technical data
Designation
TMSU 1
Amplification
7 levels: 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70 and 80 dB
Ultrasound sensor
19 mm (0.75 in.) diameter
central frequency of 40 kHz
Detected frequencies
38,4 kHz, ±2 kHz (–3 dB)
Power
Two alkaline AA batteries, 1,5 V.
Rechargeable batteries can also be used
Battery life
Typically 20 hours
Dimensions
Body: 170 ™ 42 ™ 31 mm
(6.70 ™ 1.65 ™ 1.22 in.)
Flexible tube length: 400 mm (15.75 in.)
Weight
0,4 kg (0.9 lb) incl. batteries
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 110 ™ 360 mm (20.9 ™ 4.3 ™ 14.2 in.)
Operating
temperature range
–10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
Note: The SKF TMSU 1 is not ATEX approved
108
Unique, reliable and safe method to detect electrical discharges in electric motor bearings
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1
The SKF TKED 1 (EDD Pen) is a simple to use hand-held instrument for detecting
electrical discharges in electric motor bearings. Electrical discharges are a result of
motor shaft voltages discharging to earth through the bearing, causing electrical
erosion, lubricant degradation and ultimately bearing failure.
Electric motors are more vulnerable to suffer electrical erosion in
bearings when controlled by a Variable Frequency Drive. When
incorporated into a predictive maintenance programme, the EDD Pen
can help detect bearings more susceptible to failure, and to a significant
degree, prevent unplanned machine downtime.
• Unique remote solution allows operation at a distance from the
motors. This helps protect the user from touching machinery in motion
• SKF developed technology*
• No special training required
• Capable of detecting electrical discharges on a time base of
10 seconds, 30 seconds or infinite
• LED backlit screen, allows use in dark environments
• IP 55 can be used in most industrial environments
• Supplied standard with batteries, a spare antenna and language-free
instructions for use in a carrying case
* Patent applied for
Technical data
Designation
TKED 1
Power supply
4,5 V
3 ™ AAA Alkaline type IEC LR03
Time control:
– pre-sets
10 or 30 seconds
– default
indefinite
Operational and storage
temperature
0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)
Ingress protection level
IP 55
Display
LCD counter range:
0 to 99 999 discharges.
User selectable backlight and low
battery warning
Carrying case dimensions
260 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm
(10.3 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Total case and contents weight
0,4 kg (0.88 lb)
Lubricant degradation
caused by electrical
discharge currents
Fluting marks characteristic
of electrical erosion in
bearings
109
Reliability meets affordability
SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200
The SKF Machine Condition Indicator is an economical vibration sensor and
temperature indicator for monitoring non-critical machines. It is ideal for
machinery with constant operating conditions, which has not been previously
monitored. The device can be compared to the “check engine” light in a car.
• Provides a simple, low cost solution to determine the basic machine
health on assets not necessarily being monitored
• Frees up time to concentrate on root cause analysis or maintenance
instead of problem detection
• Non-critical machine routes could be more widely spaced, e.g., every
other month instead of monthly, with the SKF Machine Condition
Indicator installed and replaced by a simple, quick check of the LEDs
• Velocity measurements for general machine health
• Enveloped acceleration measurements for early detection of
bearing failure
• Temperature measurements to indicate uncharacteristic heat
• Two modes of operation to address many different machine types
• Transient protection and retry algorithm to avoid false alarming
The top of the unit features three LEDs to indicate the machine and
bearing condition. In addition, it features a barcode with serial number
for machine identification purposes and easy incorporation into an
Operator Driven Reliability (ODR) program, maintenance routes or
scheduled check-ups. The stainless steel base on the bottom of the
unit has 1/4-28 tapped threads for stud mounting.
110
A magnetic read-key is included to program the SKF Machine Condition
Indicator. It is used to activate the SKF Machine Condition Indicator,
change operating modes, set vibration baselines, acknowledge alarms,
and reset the SKF Machine Condition Indicator.
Ordering details
Designations
CMSS 200-02-SL
CMSS 200-10-SL
CMSS 200-50-SL
Includes
2 ™ battery operated units
2 ™ CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets)
2 ™ CMAC 230 threaded mounting studs
(1/4-28 to 1/4-28)
2 ™ CMAC 231 adapter mounting studs
(1/4-28 to M8)
2 ™ CMAC 200-REF reference cards
1 ™ installation instruction card
1 ™ product reference CD
10 ™ battery operated units
4 ™ CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets)
4 ™ CMAC 200-REF reference cards
2 ™ installation instruction card
1 ™ product reference CD
50 ™ battery operated units
10 ™ CMAC 225 read-keys (magnets)
10 ™ CMAC 200-REF reference cards
5 ™ installation instruction card
1 ™ product reference CD
Note: The mounting studs are not included in the 10-pack CMSS 200-10-SL or 50-pack CMSS 200-50-SL and must be ordered separately.
Accessories
Designations
Description
CMAC 225-10
Magnetic read-keys, 10-pack
CMAC 230-10
Threaded mounting studs (1/4-28 to 1/4-28), stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 230-50
Threaded mounting studs (1/4-28 to 1/4-28), stainless steel, 50-pack
CMAC 231-10
Adapter mounting studs (1/4-28 to M8), stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 231-50
Adapter mounting studs (1/4-28 to M8), stainless steel, 50-pack
CMAC 9600-01
Toolkit for spot face, 1/4-28 mounting
CMAC 9600-02
Toolkit for spot face, M8 ™ 1,25 mounting
CMCP 210
Acrylic adhesive bypacs*
CMAC 240-10
Mounting pad, 25,4 mm (1 in.) diameter ™ 6,4 mm (0.250 in.) thick, stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 240-50
Mounting pad, 25,4 mm (1 in.) diameter ™ 6,4 mm (0.250 in.) thick, stainless steel, 50-pack
CMAC 241-10
Mounting pad, 25,4 mm (1 in.) diameter ™ 9,5 mm (0.375 in.) thick, stainless steel, 10-pack
CMAC 241-50
Mounting pad, 25,4 mm (1 in.) diameter ™ 9,5 mm (0.375 in.) thick, stainless steel, 50-pack
* Shipping restrictions apply
Technical data
Designation
CMSS 200
Velocity measurement
10 Hz to 1 kHz / minimum speed
900 r/min
Battery type
Lithium battery 3,6 V, single use,
non-replaceable
Bearing measurement
Enveloped acceleration to enable an
early Stage 3 bearing defect to be
detected for speeds between 900 and
3 600 r/min
Enclosure
White durable polymer cap PC/PET Blend,
Bayer Makroblend UT 1018-1000 and a
stainless steel base
Machine surface temperature
measurement range
–20 to +105 °C (–5 to +220 °F)
Weight
120 g (4.2 oz.)
Rating
IP 69K, for use in adverse industrial
environments
Alarm system
Three LEDs (green, red and orange)
Mounting
Stud mounted or epoxy mount
(stud not included in 10 or 50 pack)
Internal operating
temperature range
–20 to +85 °C (–5 to +185 °F)
Wake up schedule
Eight times per day
Battery life
3 years (with one unacknowledged alarm)
1/4 -28
68 mm
(2.7 in.)
mounting hole
34 mm (1.3 in.)
111
Machine monitoring, made simple
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
Both novice users and experts can easily, quickly, and accurately check the
condition of rotating equipment throughout their facility. Equipping your
maintenance and operation personnel with this rugged, ergonomic and
easy-to-use instrument can help to provide early warning of potential
machine problems before a costly failure occurs.
Multiple measurements with a single device
The SKF Machine Condition Advisor provides an overall “velocity”
vibration reading that measures vibration signals from the machine
caused by rotational and structural problems such as unbalance,
misalignment and looseness and automatically compares them to preprogrammed ISO guidelines. An “alert” or “danger” alarm displays when
measurements exceed those guidelines. Simultaneously, an “enveloped
acceleration” measurement in the higher frequencies is taken.
Elevated readings are caused by rolling element bearing or gear mesh
problems and compared to established bearing vibration guidelines to
verify conformity or indicate potential bearing damage. The SKF Machine
Condition Advisor also measures temperature using an infrared sensor
to indicate uncharacteristic heat.
This approach provides accurate and reliable data upon which to base
maintenance decisions and promotes early detection, confirmation and
accurate trending of bearing and machinery problems.
• Measuring velocity, enveloped acceleration, and temperature
simultaneously saves time
• Assess vibration in industrial non–reciprocating machinery
• Lightweight, compact, and ergonomically designed, the SKF Machine
Condition Advisor fits neatly at the belt line, in a pocket or a tool kit
• Exceptionally durable, the unit is rated IP 54 for use in industrial
environments
• Quick and easy to set up and use, measurements are shown on a
bright display viewable in low light to direct sunlight. Free on-line
training is also available at SKF @ptitude Exchange
• Alert and danger prompts provide increased diagnostic confidence
• Efficient, economical, and environmentally friendly, the rechargeable
SKF Machine Condition Advisor operates 10 hours on a single charge
• Flexible enough to work with standard constant current 100 mV/g
accelerometers, an optional external sensor can be used for
hard-to-reach locations and for more repeatable and accurate
measurement results
• Features English, French, German, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish
for user convenience
For more information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
112
Technical data
Designation
CMAS 100-SL
Vibration pick-up
Internal: Integrated piezoelectric acceleration
External: Accepts a standard 100 mV/g
constant current accelerometer
Measurements
Velocity
Range: 0,7 to 65,0 mm/s (RMS)
0.04 to 3.60 in./s (equivalent Peak)
meets ISO 10816
Frequency: 10 to 1 000 Hz,
meets ISO 2954
Enveloped Acceleration
Range: 0,2 to 50 gE
Frequency: Band 3 (500 to 10 000 Hz)
Temperature
Range: –20 to +200 °C (–4 to +392 °F)
Infrared temperature accuracy: ±2 °C (±3.6 °F)
Distance: Short range, max. 10 cm (4 in.) from
target
Operating temperature
range
In use: –10 to +60 °C (14 to 140 °F)
While charging: 0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
Storage temperature
Less than one month: –20 to +45 °C
(–4 to +113 °F)
More than one month but less than
six months: –20 to +35 °C (–4 to +95 °F)
Humidity
95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Ingress Protection
IP 54
Approvals
CE (Certified Engineering)
Drop test
2 m (6.6 ft.)
Weight
125 g (4.4 oz.)
Dimensions
200 ™ 47 ™ 25 mm (7.9 ™ 1.85 ™ 1 in.)
Battery capacity
550 mAh
Battery life
10 hours before charging
(approx. 1 000 measurements)
With external sensor:
Up to 55% less battery life
External sensor power
24 V DC at 3,5 mA
Charger specifications
Universal AC/DC wall plug-in
Input: 90 to 264 V AC, 47 to 60 Hz
Output: 5 V DC regulated
3 to 4 hours for a full charge
Easy detection of high frequency sounds
Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
The Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe senses high frequency sounds produced by
operating equipment, as well as leaks and electrical discharges. It electronically
translates these signals by a heterodyning process, making them audible, so
that a user can hear these sounds through a headset and see them as intensity
increments on a meter.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Detects pressure and vacuum leaks, including compressed air
Checks steam traps and valves quickly and accurately
Detects arcing, tracking and corona in electric apparatus
Tests bearings, pumps, motors and compressors
Frequency response: 20–100 kHz (centred at 38–42 kHz)
Indicator: 10-segment LED bar graph (red)
For additional information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
113
Also available from SKF
SKF basic condition monitoring tools offer an easy way to begin using machine
data to improve your overall equipment effectiveness. Basic kits are available,
combining popular tools in one convenient package.
Multi-parameter measurements for
electric motors
Checking of bearing and lubrication condition,
made simple
SKF Electric motor assessment kit
CMAK 200-SL
SKF Bearing Assessment Kit
CMAK 300-SL
A fitting bundle of two measurement devices for electric motors and
other industrial assets. The SKF CMAK 200-SL makes the evaluation
of electric motor bearings and general machine health simple.
The SKF CMAK 300-SL makes the evaluation of bearing condition
a simple task for maintenance, operations, reliability and vibration
analysis departments.
• Inspect and assess electric motor machine condition
• Measures velocity, enveloped acceleration and temperature
on electric motors and other operating equipment
• Safely detect electrical discharges in electrical motors
• The instruments are packaged in a light, black nylon
carrying case
• Ideal for novice and expert users
•
•
•
•
The CMAK 200-SL kit includes:
The CMAK 300-SL kit includes:
• SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1
• SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
• SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
• SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL
• SKF Oil Condition Monitor TMEH 1
114
Check bearing and lubrication condition
Inspect and assess overall machine condition
Measures velocity, enveloped acceleration and temperature
Shows changes in oil condition effected by water content,
fuel contamination, metallic content and oxidation
• The instruments are packaged in a light, durable aluminum
carrying case for industrial environments
SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
The SKF Machine Condition Advisor simultaneously measures
machine vibration signals and temperature to indicate machine
health and bearing condition.
SKF External sensor kit for the SKF Machine Condition
Advisor CMAC 105
The external vibration sensor with magnet provides convenience
for hard-to-reach surfaces and more repeatable and accurate
measurements.
SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL
Check bearing and machine condition quickly
and easily
SKF Basic Condition Monitoring Kit
CMAK 400-ML
An essential collection of measurement tools for all industrial
manufacturing plants. The SKF CMAK 400-ML makes machine health
monitoring a simple task for maintenance, operations, reliability, and
vibration analysis departments.
• Inspect and assess overall machine condition
• Measure vibration, temperature, high frequency sound and
enveloped acceleration in operating equipment, like bearings,
pumps, motors, compressors, etc.
• The instruments are packaged in a light, durable aluminum
carrying case for industrial environments
• Ideal for novice and expert users
The heavy duty SKF Infrared Thermometer is a dual laser
sighted, non-contact instrument for long range application.
SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
The SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe senses high frequency
sounds produced by operating equipment, leaks, and electrical
discharges and makes them audible. The SKF Basic condition
monitoring kit features all of the accessories from the from the
SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe kit.
SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen TKED 1
The SKF Electrical Discharge Detector Pen is a simple to use
hand-held instrument and provides a unique, reliable and safe
way to detect electrical discharges in electric motor bearings.
SKF Oil Condition Monitor TMEH 1
The SKF Oil Condition Monitor indicates the degradation and
contamination level of oil, and detects increased mechanical
wear and loss of the oil’s lubricating properties.
The CMAK 400-ML kit includes:
• SKF Machine Condition Advisor CMAS 100-SL
• SKF External sensor kit for the SKF Machine Condition
Advisor CMAC 105
• SKF Infrared Thermometer CMSS 3000-SL
• SKF Inspector 400 Ultrasonic Probe CMIN 400-K
For additional information, please refer to our publication 10549 EN.
115
Lubricants
SKF lubricants selection
SKF bearing grease selection chart
Bearing greases
– SKF LGMT 2
– SKF LGMT 3
– SKF LGEP 2
– SKF LGWA 2
– SKF LGGB 2
– SKF LGBB 2
– SKF LGLT 2
– SKF LGWM 1
– SKF LGWM 2
– SKF LGEM 2
– SKF LGEV 2
– SKF LGHB 2
– SKF LGHP 2
– SKF LGET 2
Food grade lubricants
– SKF LGFP 2
– SKF LGFS 00
– SKF LGFD 2
– SKF LGFC 1
– SKF LGFT 2
– SKF LFFH 46
– SKF LFFH 68
– SKF LFFG 220
– SKF LFFG 320
– SKF LFFM 80
– SKF LHFP 150
– SKF LFFT 220
– SKF LDTS 1
Special lubricants
– SKF LESA 2
– SKF LMCG 1
– SKF LHMT 68
– SKF LHHT 265
Technical data
116
Storage tools
120
122
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
Oil storage station
SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF series
SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550
156
157
157
Transfer tools
Hose reels TLRC & TLRS series
158
Manual grease dispensing tools
SKF Grease Guns
SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E
SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8
SKF Grease Nipples LAGN 120
SKF Grease fitting caps and tags TLAC 50
SKF Disposable Grease Resistant Gloves TMBA G11D
SKF Grease Pumps LAGG series
159
160
161
161
162
162
163
Automatic grease dispensing tools
140
141
142
143
144
145
145
146
146
147
147
147
148
SKF LAGD series
SKF TLSD series
SKF TLMR series
Accessories
SKF LAGD 400 and LAGD 1000
149
150
151
151
152
Lubrication software
166
168
170
172
174
Oil inspection & dispensing
Oil handling containers LAOS series
SKF Oil Levellers LAHD series
175
176
Lubrication analysis tools
SKF Grease Test Kit TKGT 1
SKF Oil Check Monitor TMEH 1
LubeSelect for SKF greases
SKF Lubrication Planner
SKF DialSet
178
179
180
180
181
Lubrication
Lubricants
Storage tools
Transfer tools
Manual grease dispensing tools
Automatic grease dispensing tools
Oil inspection & dispensing
Lubrication analysis tools
Lubrication software
120
156
158
159
164
175
178
180
Lubrication
management
tools
Lubricants
Automatic
lubricators
Manual
lubrication
tools
Lubrication
software
117
Lubrication
Poor lubrication accounts for more than 36% of premature bearing failures
Include contamination, and this number rises to well above 50%. The importance of proper
lubrication and cleanliness is self-evident in the determination of bearing life.
What the right lubrication programme can do for you
Increase
Reduce
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Productivity
Reliability
Availability and durability
Machine uptime
Service intervals
Safety
Health
Sustainability
Energy consumption due to friction
Heat generation due to friction
Wear due to friction
Noise due to friction
Downtime
Operating expenses
Product contamination
Maintenance and repair costs
Lubricant consumption
Corrosion
From lubrication to lubrication management
A good lubrication programme can be defined by applying the
5R approach:
“The right lubricant, in the right amount, reaches the right point
at the right time using the right method”
This simple and logical approach, however, requires
a detailed action plan that must include aspects as varied as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
118
Logistics and supply chain
Lubricant selection
Lubricant storage, transfer and dispensing
Lubrication tasks planning and scheduling
Lubricant application procedures
Lubricant analysis and condition monitoring
Lubricant disposal
Training
Lubricant
selection
Lubricant
storage
Lubricant
transfer
Lubricant
dispensing
Lubricant
disposal
Lubricant monitoring
Selecting a suitable grease for a particular bearing is a crucial step if
the bearing is to meet design expectations in its application. Use the
SKF LubeSelect to select the right lubricant for your application.
For the correct lubricant dispensing, consider the range of SKF Grease
Guns and SKF range of single and multi point lubricators. SKF DialSet
helps you select the right lubricator settings for the application.
During storage, maintenance and transfer steps, the lubricant can easily
get contaminated due to lack of lubrication knowledge or simply lack of
attention. To minimize the risks of lubricant contamination in storage
and transfer, we recommend the use of the Oil storage station and Oil
handling containers LAOS series. For the transfer of greases, we offer an
extensive range of SKF Grease Pumps, SKF Grease Filler Pumps and
SKF Bearing Packer.
For the monitoring of the lubricant, SKF offers the following tools:
SKF Oil Levellers, SKF Oil Check Monitor and SKF Grease Test Kit.
Lubrication management
Just as asset management takes maintenance to a higher level, a lubrication management
approach allows lubrication to be seen from a wider point of view. This approach helps to
effectively increase machine reliability at a lower overall cost.
SKF Lubrication Management process
SKF Client Needs
Analysis
Lubrication
Management
SKF
Lubrication
Audit
• SKF Client Needs Analysis: Normally implies one day of assessment
and provides an overview on the lubrication programme maturity
• SKF Lubrication Audit: Detailed assessment. Normally implies five
days and provides a thorough analysis of the lubrication programme
• Improvement proposal: Formulation of specific activities
Improvement
proposal
Design
and
implementation
Optimisation
• Design and implementation: Execution of the proposed activities
• Optimisation: Reassessment and implementation of additional
improvement proposals
119
SKF lubricants
SKF lubricants offer major competitive advantages:
• Designed and tested to perform under real conditions
• Product data include specific test results enabling a better selection
• Strict quality control of every production batch helps ensure
consistent performance
• Quality control allows SKF to offer a five–year shelf-life* from the
date of production
Production processes and raw materials greatly influence grease
properties and performance. It is virtually impossible to select
or compare greases based only on their composition. Therefore,
performance tests are needed to provide crucial information.
In over 100 years, SKF has accrued vast knowledge about the
interaction of lubricants, materials and surfaces.
This knowledge has led SKF, in many cases, to set industry standards
in bearing lubricant testing. Emcor, ROF, ROF+, V2F, R2F and Bequiet
are just some of the multiple tests developed by SKF to assess the
performance of lubricants under bearing operating conditions. Many
of them are widely used by lubricant manufacturers worldwide.
SKF Engineering and Research Centre in the Netherlands
* SKF LGFP 2 food grade grease offers a two-year shelf-life from the date
of production
SKF lubricant selection
Selecting a grease can be a delicate process. SKF has developed several tools in
order to facilitate the selection of the most suitable lubricant. The wide range of
tools available includes those from easy-to-use application driven tables to
advanced software allowing for grease selection based upon
detailed working conditions.
The basic bearing grease selection chart provides you with
quick suggestions on the most commonly used greases
in typical applications.
120
Basic bearing grease selection
Generally use if:
LGMT 2
General purpose
Expected bearing temperature continuously >100 °C (210 °F)
LGHP 2
High temperature
Expected bearing temperature continuously >150 °C (300 °F),
demands for radiation resistance
LGET 2
Extremely high temperature
Low ambient –50 °C (–60 °F),
expected bearing temperature <50 °C (120 °F)
LGLT 2
Low temperature
Shock loads, heavy loads,
frequent start-up / shut-down
LGEP 2
High load
Food processing industry
LGFP 2
Food processing
Biodegradable,
demands for low toxicity
LGGB 2
Biodegradable
Speed = M, Temperature = M and Load = M
Unless:
Note: – For areas with relatively high ambient temperatures, use LGMT 3 instead of LGMT 2
– For special operating conditions, refer to the SKF bearing grease selection chart
With additional information like speed, temperature, and load conditions,
LubeSelect for SKF greases is the easiest way to select the right grease.
For additional information, visit www.aptitudeexchange.com. Additionally,
the SKF bearing grease selection chart provides you with a complete
overview of SKF greases. The chart includes the main selection parameters,
such as temperature, speed and load, as well as basic additional
performance information.
Bearing operating parameters
Temperature
L
= Low
Load
<50 °C
(120 °F)
VH
= Very high
C/P <2
M
= Medium
50 to 100 °C
(120 to 230 °F)
H
= High
C/P ~4
H
= High
>100 °C
(210 °F)
M
= Medium
C/P ~8
EH
= Extremely high
>150 °C
(300 °F)
L
= Low
C/P ≥15
C/P = Load ratio
C = basic dynamic load rating, kN
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN
Speed
for ball bearings
Speed
for roller bearings
SRB/TRB/CARB
CRB
EH
= Extremely high
n dm over 700 000
H
= High
n dm over 210 000
n dm over 270 000
VH
= Very high
n dm up to 700 000
M
= Medium
n dm up to 210 000
n dm up to 270 000
H
= High
n dm up to 500 000
L
= Low
n dm up to 75 000
n dm up to 75 000
M
= Medium
n dm up to 300 000
VL
= Very low
n dm below 30 000
n dm below 30 000
L
= Low
n dm below 100 000
n dm = rotational speed, r/min x 0,5 (D+d), mm
121
SKF bearing grease selection chart
Grease
122
Description
Application examples
LGMT 2
General purpose industrial
and automotive
LGMT 3
Temperature range 1)
Temp.
Speed
LTL
HTPL
Automotive wheel bearings
Conveyors and fans
Small electric motors
–30 °C
(–20 °F)
120 °C
(250 °F)
M
M
General purpose industrial
and automotive
Bearings with d>100 mm
Vertical shaft or outer bearing ring rotation
Car, truck and trailer wheel bearings
–30 °C
(–20 °F)
120 °C
(250 °F)
M
M
LGEP 2
Extreme pressure
Forming and press section of paper mills
Work roll bearings in steel industry
Heavy machinery, vibrating screens
–20 °C
(–5 °F)
110 °C
(230 °F)
M
L to M
LGWA 2
Wide temperature 4),
extreme pressure
Wheel bearings in cars, trailers and trucks
Washing machines
Electric motors
–30 °C
(–20 °F)
140 °C
(285 °F)
M to H
L to M
LGFP 2
Food compatible
Food processing equipment
Wrapping machines
Bottling machines
–20 °C
(–5 °F)
110 °C
(230 °F)
M
M
LGGB 2
Biodegradable,
low toxicity 3)
Agricultural and forestry equipment
Construction and earthmoving equipment
Water treatment and irrigation
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
90 °C
(195 °F)
L to M
L to M
LGBB 2
Wind turbine blade and
yaw bearing grease
Wind turbine blade and yaw
slewing bearings
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
120 °C
(250 °F)
L to M
VL
LGLT 2
Low temperature,
extremely high speed
Textile and machine tool spindles
Small electric motors and robots
Printing cylinders
–50 °C
(–60 °F)
110 °C
(230 °F)
L to M
M to EH
LGWM 1
Extreme pressure,
low temperature
Main shaft of wind turbines
Centralised lubrication systems
Spherical roller thrust bearing applications
–30 °C
(–20 °F)
110 °C
(230 °F)
L to M
L to M
LGWM 2
High load,
wide temperature
Main shaft of wind turbines
Heavy duty off road or marine applications
Snow exposed applications
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
110 °C
(230 °F)
L to M
L to M
LGEM 2
High viscosity plus
solid lubricants
Jaw crushers
Construction machinery
Vibrating machinery
–20 °C
(–5 °F)
120 °C
(250 °F)
M
VL
LGEV 2
Extremely high viscosity
with solid lubricants
Trunnion bearings
Support and thrust rollers on rotary kilns and dryers
Slewing ring bearings
–10 °C
(15 °F)
120 °C
(250 °F)
M
VL
LGHB 2
EP high viscosity,
high temperature 5)
Steel on steel plain bearings
Dryer section of paper mills
Work roll bearings and continuous casting in steel industry
Sealed spherical roller bearings up to 150 °C (300 °F)
–20 °C
(–5 °F)
150 °C
(300 °F)
M to H
VL to M
LGHP 2
High performance
polyurea grease
Electric motors
Fans, even at high speed
High speed ball bearings at medium and high temperatures
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
150 °C
(300 °F)
M to H
M to H
LGET 2
Extreme temperature
Bakery equipment (ovens)
Wafer baking machines
Textile dryers
–40 °C
(–40 °F)
260 °C
(500 °F)
VH
L to M
1) LTL = Low Temperature Limit
HTPL = High Temperature Performance Limit
2) mm²/s at 40 °C (105 °F) = cSt.
3) LGGB 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 120 °C (250 °F)
4) LGWA 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 220 °C (430 °F)
5) LGHB 2 can withstand peak temperatures of 200 °C (390 °F)
Load
Thickener /
Base Oil
NLGI
Base oil
viscosity 2)
Vertical
shaft
L to M
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
3
120
+
H
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
2
200
l
L to H
Lithium complex soap /
mineral oil
2
185
l
L to M
Aluminium complex /
medical white oil
2
130
l
M to H
Lithium-calcium soap /
synthetic ester oil
2
110
l
M to H
Lithium complex soap /
synthetic PAO oil
2
68
L
Lithium soap /
synthetic PAO oil
2
18
H
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
1
200
L to H
Complex calcium
sulphonate /
synthetic PAO oil /
mineral oil
2
80
l
H to VH
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
2
500
H to VH
Lithium-calcium soap /
mineral oil
2
L to VH
Complex calcium
sulphonate /
mineral oil
L to M
H to VH
l
l
+
+
+
l
l
+
+
+
l
l
+
+
+
+
+
+
l
+
+
+
+
l
l
+
+
l
+
+
+
+
+
l
+
+
+
+
1020
l
+
+
+
+
2
400
l
+
+
+
+
Di-urea /
mineral oil
2 to 3
96
+
l
l
+
PTFE / synthetic
fluorinated
polyether oil
2
400
l
l
l
l
l
+
+
+
l = Suitable
+ = Recommended
High temperatures
l
Rust
inhibiting
properties
Low temperatures
110
Shock load
or frequent
start up
Wide applications greases
2
Severe
Vibrations
High loads
Lithium soap /
mineral oil
Oscillating
movements
Special requirements
L to M
Fast outer
ring
rotation
123
LGGB 2
LGMT 2
LGMT 3
LGEP 2
LGWA 2
LGFP 2
General purpose
industrial and
automotive
General purpose
industrial and
automotive
Extreme pressure
Wide temperature,
extreme pressure
Food compatible
Biodegradable,
low toxicity
DIN 51825 code
K2K-30
K3K-30
KP2G-20
KP2N-30
K2G-20
KPE 2K-40
NLGI consistency class
2
3
2
2
2
2
Soap type
Lithium
Lithium
Lithium
Lithium
complex
Aluminium
complex
Lithium/
calcium
Colour
Red brown
Amber
Light brown
Amber
Transparent
Off white
Base oil type
Mineral
Mineral
Mineral
Mineral
Medical
white oil
Synthetic
ester
Operating temperature range
–30 to +120 °C
(–20 to +250 °F)
–30 to +120 °C
(–20 to +250 °F)
–20 to +110 °C
(–5 to +230 °F)
–30 to +140 °C
(–20 to +285 °F)
–20 to +110 °C
(–5 to +230 °F)
–40 to +90 °C
(–40 to +195 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>250 °C
(>480 °F)
>250 °C
(>480 °F)
>170 °C
(>340 °F)
110
11
120–130
12
200
16
185
15
130
7,3
110
13
265–295
+50 max.
(325 max.)
220–250
280 max.
265–295
+50 max.
(325 max.)
265–295
+50 max.
(325 max.)
265–295
+30 max.
265–295
+50 max.
(325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–¹ mm
V2F test
+50 max.
‘M’
295 max.
'M'
+50 max.
'M'
+50 max. change
'M'
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0
0–1*
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
1–1*
0–0
0–0*
0–0
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
2 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
0 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–6
1–3
2–5
1–5
1–5
0,3–3
Pass,
120 °C (250 °F)
Pass
120 °C (250 °F)
Pass,
120 °C (250 °F)
Pass,
100 °C (210 °F)
2 max.
110 °C (265 °F)
2 max.
130 °C (265 °F)
2 max.
2 max.
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
Lubrication ability
R2F, running test B at 120 °C
R2F, cold chamber test, –30 °C, +20 °C
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
1 000 min.,
130 °C (265 °F)
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,4 max
2 800 min.
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at –20 °C, +25 °C mg
5,7*
Low temperature torque
IP186, starting torque, m Nm*
IP186, running torque, m Nm*
Available pack sizes
Pass,
100 °C (210 °F)*
1 000,
110 °C (230 °F)
>300,
120 °C (250 °F)
1,6 max.
2 600 min.
1 100 min.
1,8 max.
2 600 min.
98, –30 °C (–20 °F)
58, –30 °C (–20 °F)
145, –30 °C (–20 °F)
95, –30 °C (–20 °F)
70, –20 °C (–5 °F)
45, –20 °C (–5 °F)
40, –30 °C (–20 °F)
30, –30 °C (–20 °F)
137, –30 °C (–20 °F)
51, –30 °C (–20 °F)
35, 200 g tube
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
420 ml cartridge
0,5, 1, 5, 18, 50,
180 kg, TLMR
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
35, 200 g tube
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
420 ml cartridge
1, 18, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
LAGD
Special requirements
* Typical value
Wide applications greases
124
+70 max.
(350 max.)
LGEM 2
LGHB 2
LGHP 2
Extremely high
viscosity with
solid lubricants
EP high viscosity,
high temperature
High performance
polyurea grease
Extreme
temperature
KPF2K-20
KPF2K-10
KP2N-20
K2N-40
KFK2U-40
1–2
2
2
2
2–3
2
Lithium
Complex calcium
sulphonate
Lithium
Lithium/
calcium
Complex calcium
sulphonate
Di–urea
PTFE
Beige
Brown
Yellow
Black
Black
Brown
Blue
Off white
Synthetic (PAO)
Synthetic (PAO)
Mineral
Synthetic (PAO)/
Mineral
Mineral
Mineral
Mineral
Mineral
Synthetic
(fluorinated
polyether)
–40 to +120 °C
(–40 to +250 °F)
–50 to +110 °C
(–60 to +230 °F)
–30 to +110 °C
(–20 to +230 °F)
–40 to +110 °C
(–40 to +230 °F)
–20 to +120 °C
(–5 to +250 °F)
–10 to +120 °C
(15 to 250 °F)
–20 to +150 °C
(–5 to +300 °F)
–40 to +150 °C
(–40 to +300 °F)
–40 to +260 °C
(–40 to +500 °F)
>200 °C
(390 °F)
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>170 °C
(>340 °F)
>300 °C
(>570 °F)
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>180 °C
(>355 °F)
>220 °C
(>430 °F)
>240 °C
(>465 °F)
>300 °C
(>570 °F)
68
18
4,5
200
16
80
8,6
500
32
1 020
58
400–450
26,5
96
10,5
400
38
265–295
+50 max.
265–295
+50 max.
310–340
+50 max.
280–310
+30 max
265–295
325 max.
265–295
325 max.
265–295
–20 to +50
(325 max.)
245–275
365 max.
265–295
–
+50 max.
380 max.
+50 max.
345 max.
‘M’
+50 max.
‘M’
–20 to +50 change
‘M’
365 max.
±30 max.
130 °C (265 °F)
0–0
0–1
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0
0–0*
0–0*
0–0
0–0
0–0*
0–0
0–0
0–0
1–1
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
1 max.
0 max.
4 max, 2.5*
<4
8–13
3 max.
1–5
1–5
1–3,
60 °C (140 °F)
1–5
13 max. 30 hrs
200 °C (390 °F)
Pass,
140 °C (285 °F)
Pass, Pass
Pass,
100 °C (210 °F)
Pass,
140 °C (285 °F)
Pass,
120 °C (250 °F)
1 max.
2 max.
100 °C (210 °F)
2 max.
150 °C (300 °F)
1 max.
150 °C (300 °F)
1
>1 000,
130 °C (265 °F)
1 000 min.
150 °C (300 °F)
>700,
5 600 r/min.*
220 °C (430 °F)
LGBB 2
LGLT 2
LGWM 1
Wind turbine blade
and yaw bearing
grease
Low temperature,
extremely high
speed
Extreme pressure,
low temperature
High load, wide
temperature
High viscosity plus
solid lubricants
KP2G-40
K2G-50
KP1G-30
KP2G-40
2
2
1
Lithium
complex
Lithium
Yellow
0–1*
1 max.
120 °C (250 °F)
1 max.
100 °C (210 °F)
2 max.
90 °C (>195 °F)
>1 000,
20 000 r/min.
100 °C (210 °F)
0,4*
5 500*
2 000 min.
0–1*
LGWM 2
LGEV 2
1 max.
100 °C (210 °F)
1 824*,
110 °C (230 °F)
1,8 max.
3 200 min.*
1,5 max.
4 000 min.
5,5*
1,1*, 5,2*
1,4 max.
3 000 min.
1,2 max.
3 000 min.
0,86*
4 000 min.
LGET 2
8 000 min.
0*
7*
313, –40 °C (–40 °F)
75, –40 °C (–40 °F)
32, –50 °C (–60 °F)
21, –50 °C (–60 °F)
178, 0 °C (32 °F)
103, 0 °C (32 °F)
249, –40 °C (–40 °F)
184, –40 °C (–40 °F)
160, –20 °C (–5 °F)
98, –20 °C (–5 °F)
96, –10 °C (14 °F)
66, –10 °C (14 °F)
250, –20 °C (–5 °F)
133, –20 °C (–5 °F)
1 000, –40 °C (–40 °F)
280, –40 °C (–40 °F)
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
180 g tube
0.9, 25, 170 kg
420 ml cartridge
5, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD
35 g tube
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
LAGD, TLSD, TLMR
50 g (25 ml)
syringe
1 kg
High loads
Low temperatures
High temperatures
125
Bearing greases
LGMT 2
SKF General Purpose Industrial and Automotive Bearing Grease
SKF LGMT 2 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease with excellent thermal stability within its operating
temperature range. This premium quality, general purpose
grease is suitable for a wide range of industrial and
automotive applications.
• Excellent oxidation stability
• Good mechanical stability
• Excellent water resistance and rust inhibiting properties
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
Agricultural equipment
Automotive wheel bearings
Conveyors
Small electric motors
Industrial fans
Technical data
Designation
LGMT 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
K2K-30
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Red brown
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–30 to +120 °C (–20 to +250 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
110
11
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–¹ mm
100 000 strokes, 10–¹ mm
265–295
+50 max. (325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–¹ mm
V2F test
+50 max.
‘M’
Corrosion protection
Emcor:
– standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0
0–1*
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–6
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max. at 110 °C (265 °F)
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
126
35, 200 g tube
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
LGMT 3
SKF General Purpose Industrial and Automotive Bearing Grease
SKF LGMT 3 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease. This premium quality, general purpose grease is
suitable for a wide range of industrial and automotive
applications requiring stiff grease.
• Excellent rust inhibiting properties
• High oxidation stability within its recommended temperature range
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bearings >100 mm (3.9 in.) shaft size
Outer bearing ring rotation
Vertical shaft applications
Continuous high ambient temperatures >35 °C (95 °F)
Propeller shafts
Agricultural equipment
Car, truck and trailer wheel bearings
Large electric motors
Technical data
Designation
LGMT 3/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
K3K-30
NLGI consistency class
3
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Amber
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–30 to +120 °C
(–20 to +250 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
120–130
12
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
220–250
280 max.
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
V2F test
295 max.
'M'
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
0–0
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
2 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–3
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max. at 130 °C (265 °F)
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
1 000 min. at 130 °C
(265 °F)
Available pack sizes
420 ml cartridge
0,5, 1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
127
LGEP 2
SKF High Load, Extreme Pressure Bearing Grease
SKF LGEP 2 is mineral oil based, lithium soap thickened
grease with extreme pressure additives. This grease
provides good lubrication in general applications subjected
to harsh conditions and vibrations.
• Excellent mechanical stability
• Extremely good corrosion inhibiting properties
• Excellent EP performance
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pulp and paper making machines
Jaw crushers
Traction motors for rail vehicles
Dam gates
Work roll bearings in steel industry
Heavy machinery, vibrating screens
Crane wheels, sheaves
Slewing bearings
Technical data
Designation
LGEP 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2G-20
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Light brown
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–20 to +110 °C
(–5 to +230 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity:
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
200
16
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
265–295
+50 max. (325 max.)
Mechanical stability:
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
V2F test
+50 max.
'M'
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0
1–1*
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
2–5
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max.
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,4 max
2 800 min.
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg)
5,7*
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
128
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
LGWA 2
SKF High Load, Extreme Pressure,
Wide Temperature Range Bearing Grease
SKF LGWA 2 is a premium quality mineral oil based,
lithium complex grease with extreme pressure (EP)
performance. LGWA 2 is recommended for general
industrial and automotive applications, when loads or
temperatures exceed the range of general purpose
greases.
• Excellent lubrication at peak temperatures up to 220 °C (430 °F)
for short periods
• Protection of wheel bearings operating under severe conditions
• Effective lubrication in wet conditions
• Good water and corrosion resistance
• Excellent lubrication under high loads and low speeds
Typical applications:
• Wheel bearings in cars, trailers and trucks
• Washing machines
• Fan and electric motors
Technical data
Designation
LGWA 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2N-30
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium complex
Colour
Amber
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–30 to +140 °C
(–20 to +285 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>250 °C (>480 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
185
15
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–¹ mm
100 000 strokes, 10–¹ mm
265–295
+50 max. (325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–¹ mm
V2F test
+50 max. change
'M'
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
0–0
0–0*
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–5
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass at 100 °C (210 °F)
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max.
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,6 max.
2 600 min.
Available pack sizes
35, 200 g tube
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18, 50, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
* Typical value
129
LGGB 2
SKF Biodegradable Bearing Grease
SKF LGGB 2 is a biodegradable, low toxicity, synthetic ester
oil based grease, using a lithium-calcium thickener. Its
special formulation makes it most suitable for applications
where environmental contamination is a concern.
• Compliance with current regulations on toxicity and biodegradability
• Good performance in applications with steel-on-steel spherical plain
bearings, ball bearings and roller bearings
• Good low temperature start-up performance
• Good corrosion inhibiting properties
• Suitable for medium to high loads
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Agricultural and forestry equipment
Construction and earthmoving equipment
Mining and conveying equipment
Water treatment and irrigation
Locks, dams, bridges
Linkages, rod ends
Technical data
Designation
LGGB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KPE 2K-40
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium/calcium
Colour
Off white
Base oil type
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 °C
0 max.
Synthetic ester
Oil separation
DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 °C, static, %
0,3–3
Operating temperature range
–40 to +90 °C
(–40 to +195 °F)
Lubrication ability
R2F, running test B at 120 °C
Pass at 100 °C (210 °F)*
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>170 °C (>340 °F)
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
>300 at 120 °C (250 °F)
1,8 max.
2 600 min.
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
110
13
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
265–295
+50 max. (325 max.)
Available pack sizes
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
+70 max. (350 max.)
* Typical value
130
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24 (LAGD)
LGBB 2
SKF Wind Turbine Blade and Yaw Bearing Grease
SKF LGBB 2 is a lithium complex/synthetic PAO oil based
grease specially designed for extreme conditions involving
very low speeds, high loads, low temperatures and
oscillating conditions. This grease provides proper
lubrication whether the turbine is operating or in standstill mode, installed onshore, offshore, or in cold climate
areas.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Excellent false brinelling protection
Excellent performance under high loads
Excellent performance at low temperature starting torque
Good pumpability down to low temperatures
Excellent water resistance
Excellent corrosion protection
High thermal and mechanical stability
Typical applications:
• Wind turbine blade and yaw bearing applications
Technical data
Designation
LGBB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2G-40
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium complex
Colour
Yellow
Base oil type
Operating temperature range
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hours at 90 °C
1 max.
Synthetic (PAO)
Oil separation
DIN 51817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
4 max, 2.5*
–40 to +120 °C
(–40 to +250 °F)
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 120 °C
1 max.
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>200 °C (390 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
68
EP performances
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1400 N, mm
4-ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
0.4 *
5 500 *
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
265–295
+50 max.
Rolling bearing lubrication ability
Fe8, DIN 51819,
80 kN, 80 °C, C/P 1.8, 500 h
pass
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50h at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
+50 max.
False brinellng resistance
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test, mg
0–1*
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – Standard ISO 11007
– Salt water test (100% sea water)
0–0
0–1*
Avalaible packsizes
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
* Typical value
131
LGLT 2
SKF Low Temperature, Extremely High Speed Bearing Grease
SKF LGLT 2 is a fully synthetic oil based grease using
lithium soap. Its unique thickener technology and
low viscosity oil (PAO) provide excellent lubrication
performances at low temperatures –50 °C (–60 °F)
and extremely high speeds (n dm values of 1,6 ™ 106
can be reached).
• Low friction torque
• Quiet running
• Extremely good oxidation stability and resistance to water
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Textile spinning spindles
Machine tool spindles
Instruments and control equipment
Small electric motors used in medical and dental equipment
In-line skates
Printing cylinders
Robots
Technical data
Designation
LGLT 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
K2G-50
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Beige
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)
Operating temperature range
–50 to +110 °C
(–60 to +230 °F)
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
0–1
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
<4
1 max. at 100 °C (210 °F)
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
18
4,5
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
265–295
+50 max.
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
Mechanical stability
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
132
380 max.
EP performance
4–ball test,
welding load DIN 51350/4, N
Available pack sizes
>1 000,
20 000 r/min. at 100 °C
(210 °F)
2 000 min.
180 g tube
0.9, 25, 170 kg
LGWM 1
SKF Extreme Pressure Low Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGWM 1 is a low consistency mineral oil based grease,
using a lithium soap and containing extreme pressure
additives. It is extremely suitable for the lubrication of
bearings operating under both radial and axial loads.
•
•
•
•
Good oil film formation at low temperatures down to –30 °C (–20 °F)
Good pumpability down to low temperatures
Good corrosion protection
Good water resistance
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
Wind turbine main shafts
Screw conveyors
Centralised lubrication systems
Spherical roller thrust bearing applications
Technical data
Designation
LGWM 1/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP1G-30
NLGI consistency class
1
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Brown
Base oil type
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Mineral
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
8–13
–30 to +110 °C
(–20 to +230 °F)
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max. at 90 °C (>195 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>170 °C (>340 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
200
16
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,8 max.
3 200 min.*
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg)
5,5*
310–340
+50 max.
Corrosion protection:
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
0–0
0–0
Operating temperature range
Available pack sizes
420 ml cartridge
5, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
* Typical value
133
LGWM 2
SKF High Load, Wide Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGWM 2 is a synthetic-mineral oil based grease using
the latest complex calcium sulphonate thickener
technology. It is suitable for applications subjected to high
loads, wet environments and fluctuating temperatures.
•
•
•
•
•
Excellent corrosion protection
Excellent mechanical stability
Excellent high load lubricating capacity
Good false brinelling protection
Good pumpability down to low temperatures
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
Wind turbine mains shafts
Heavy duty off road applications
Snow exposed applications
Marine and offshore applications
Spherical roller thrust bearing applications
Technical data
Designation
LGWM 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2G-40
NLGI consistency class
1–2
Soap type
Complex calcium
sulphonate
Colour
Yellow
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)/ Mineral
Operating temperature range
–40 to +110 °C
(–40 to +230 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>300 °C (>570 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
80
8,6
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
280–310
+30 max.
Mechanical stability
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
+50 max.
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
3 max.
Lubrication ability
R2F, running test B at 120 °C
R2F, Cold chamber test (+20 °C)
R2F, Cold chamber test (–30 °C)
Pass at 140 °C (285 °F)
Pass
Pass
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
1 max.
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
1 824* at 110 °C (230 °F)
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,5 max.
4 000 min.
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at +25 °C, mg
ASTM D4170 FAFNIR test at –20 °C, mg
5,2*
1,1*
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
134
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
LGEM 2
SKF High Viscosity Bearing Grease with Solid Lubricants
SKF LGEM 2 is a high viscosity, mineral oil based grease
using a lithium soap. Its content of molybdenum disulphide
and graphite provides extra protection for harsh applications
subjected to high loads, heavy vibrations and slow rotations.
• High oxidation stability
• Molybdenum disulphide and graphite provide lubrication even
if the oil film breaks down
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
Rolling element bearings running at low speed and very high loads
Jaw crushers
Track laying machines
Lift mast wheels
Building machines such as mechanical rams, crane arms and
crane hooks
Technical data
Designation
LGEM 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KPF2K-20
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Black
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–20 to +120 °C
(–5 to +250 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
500
32
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
V2F test
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
0–0
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–5
Lubrication ability
R2F, running test B at 120 °C
Pass at 100 °C (210 °F)
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max. at 100 °C (210 °F)
265–295
325 max.
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1,4 max.
3 000 min.
345 max.
‘M’
Available pack sizes
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD)
135
LGEV 2
SKF Extremely High Viscosity Bearing Grease with Solid Lubricants
SKF LGEV 2 is a mineral oil based grease, using a lithiumcalcium soap. Its high content of molybdenum disulphide
and graphite, in conjunction with an extremely high
viscosity oil, provide outstanding protection under the
harshest conditions involving high loads, slow rotations
and severe vibrations.
• Extremely suitable for lubricating large sized spherical roller bearings
subject to high loads and slow rotations, a situation where microslip
is likely to occur
• Extremely mechanically stable providing good water resistance and
corrosion protection
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Trunnion bearings on rotating drums
Support and thrust rollers on rotary kilns and dryers
Bucket wheel excavators
Slewing ring bearings
High pressure roller mills
Crushers
Technical data
Designation
LGEV 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KPF2K-10
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium/calcium
Colour
Black
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–10 to +120 °C
(15 to 250 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>180 °C (>355 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
1 020
58
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
265–295
325 max.
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 72 hrs at 100 °C, 10–1 mm
V2F test
+50 max.
‘M’
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0*
0–0*
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–5
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
1 max. at 100 °C (210 °F)
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4
1,2 max.
3 000 min.
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
136
35 g tube
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
TLMR
LGHB 2
SKF High Load, High Temperature, High Viscosity Bearing Grease
SKF LGHB 2 is a high viscosity, mineral oil based grease,
using the latest complex calcium-sulphonate soap
technology. Formulated to withstand high temperatures
and extreme loads, it is suitable for a wide range of
applications, especially in the cement, mining and metals
segments. This grease contains no additives and the
extreme pressure properties arise from the soap structure.
• Excellent anti-oxidation and anti-corrosion properties
• Excellent performance in applications running at high loads
• Withstands peak temperatures of 200 °C (390 °F)
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Steel on steel plain bearings
Pulp and paper making machines
Asphalt vibrating screens
Continuous casting machines
Sealed spherical roller bearings operating up to 150 °C (300 °F)
Work roll bearings in steel industry
Mast rollers of fork lift trucks
Technical data
Designation
LGHB 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2N-20
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Complex calcium
sulphonate
Colour
Brown
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–20 to +150 °C
(–5 to +300 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–3 at 60 °C (140 °F)
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass at 140 °C (285 °F)
>220 °C (>430 °F)
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
2 max. at 150 °C (300 °F)
400–450
26,5
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
>1 000 at 130 °C (265 °F)
265–295
–20 to +50 (325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 72 hrs at 100 °C, 10–1 mm
V2F test
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
0,86*
4 000 min.
–20 to +50 change
‘M’
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg)
0*
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
Available pack sizes
0–0
0–0
0–0*
420 ml cartridge
5, 18, 50, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
* Typical value
137
LGHP 2
SKF High Performance, High Temperature Bearing Grease
SKF LGHP 2 is a premium quality mineral oil based grease,
using a modern Polyurea (di-urea) thickener. It is suitable
for electric motors and similar applications.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Extremely long life at high temperatures
Wide temperature range
Excellent corrosion protection
High thermal and mechanical stability
Good start-up performance at low temperatures
Compatibility with common polyurea and lithium thickened greases
Low noise properties
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
Electric motors: Small, medium and large
Industrial fans, including high speed fans
Water pumps
Rolling bearings in textile, paper processing and drying machines
Applications with medium and high speed ball (and roller) bearings
operating at medium and high temperatures
• Clutch release bearings
• Vertical shaft applications
• Kiln trucks and rollers
Technical data
Designation
LGHP 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
K2N-40
NLGI consistency class
2–3
Soap type
Di–urea
Colour
Blue
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
–40 to +150 °C
(–40 to +300 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>240 °C (>465 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
96
10,5
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
245–275
365 max.
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
365 max.
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
– water washout test
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
0–0
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–5
Lubrication ability
R2F,
running test B at 120 °C
Pass
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
1 max. at 150 °C (300 °F)
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
1 000 min.
at 150 °C (300 °F)
Fretting corrosion
ASTM D4170 (mg)
7*
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
138
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18,
50, 180 kg
SKF SYSTEM 24
(LAGD/TLSD), TLMR
LGET 2
SKF Extreme Temperature, Extreme Condition Bearing Grease
SKF LGET 2 is a synthetic fluorinated oil based grease,
using a PTFE thickener. It is especially suitable for
applications at extremely high temperatures from
200 °C (390 °F) up to 260 °C (500 °F).
• Long life in aggressive environments such as very reactive areas
with a presence of high purity gaseous oxygen and hexane
• Excellent oxidation resistance
• Good corrosion resistance
• Excellent water and steam resistance
Typical applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bakery equipment (ovens)
Kiln truck wheels
Load rollers in copying machines
Wafer baking machines
Textile dryers
Film stretching tenders
Electric motors running at extreme temperatures
Emergency / hot fans
Vacuum pumps
Important note:
LGET 2 is a fluorinated grease and is not
compatible with other greases, oils and
preservatives. Therefore, very thorough
cleaning of bearings and systems is
essential before applying fresh grease
(except when reapplying LGET 2).
Technical data
Designation
LGET 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KFK2U-40
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
PTFE
Colour
Off white
Base oil type
Synthetic
(fluorinated polyether)
Operating temperature range
–40 to +260 °C
(–40 to +500 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
Corrosion protection
Emcor:
– standard ISO 11007
1–1
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
0 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
13 max. 30 hrs at 200 °C (390 °F)
>300 °C (>570 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
1
400
38
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
>700, 5 600 r/min.*
at 220 °C (430 °F)
265–295
EP performance
4–ball test,
welding load DIN 51350/4, N
8 000 min.
Mechanical stability
Roll stability,
50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
±30 max. 130 °C (265 °F)
Available pack sizes
50 g (25 ml) syringe
1 kg
* Typical value
139
SKF Food Grade Lubricants
LGFP 2
General purpose food grade grease
SKF LGFP 2 is a clean, non-toxic bearing grease, which is
based on medical white oil using an aluminium complex soap.
•
•
•
•
•
High resistance to water
Excellent grease life
Excellent corrosion resistance
An essentially neutral pH value
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
•
•
•
•
Multi-pack cassette bearings
Wrapping machines
Conveyor bearings
Bottling machines
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LGFP 2
Pack sizes
LGFP 2
420 ml cartridge
LGFP 2/0.4
SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 125 ml
LAGD 125/FP2
1 kg can
LGFP 2/1
SKF SYSTEM 24 / TLSD 125 ml
TLSD 125/FP2
18 kg can
LGFP 2/18
SKF SYSTEM 24 / TLSD 250 ml
TLSD 250/FP2
180 kg can
LGFP 2/180
TLMR 120 ml
LGFP 2/MR120
SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 60 ml
LAGD 60/FP2
TLMR 380 ml
LGFP 2/MR380
Corrosion protection
Emcor: – standard ISO 11007
0–0
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1, 3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817, 7 days at 40 °C, static, %
1–5
1 000 at 110 °C (230 °F)
Technical data
Designation
LGFP 2/(pack size)
NLGI consistency class
2
DIN 51825 code
K2G-20
Appearance
Transparent
Soap type
Aluminium complex
Base oil type
Medical white oil
Operating temperature range
–20 to +110 °C (–5 to +230
°F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
>250 °C (>480 °F)
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 10 000 r/min., hrs
130
7,3
EP performance
4–ball test,
welding load DIN 51350/4, N
1 100 min.
Shelf life
2 years
NSF Reg. No.
128004
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
140
265–295
+30 max.
LGFS 00
General purpose food grade grease
SKF LGFS 00 is a premium synthetic base oil and
Aluminium complex thickened grease suitable for
applications where vegetarian and nut-free food
is produced.
• LGFS 00 does not contain any natural products derived from
animals, GMO’s and nuts
• It does not promote the growth of bacteria and fungal organisms
• NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
Enclosed industrial gearboxes and automatic, centralized
lubrication systems such as those used for:
• Packaging
• Cutting/forming knives
• Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LGFS 00
19 kg can
LGFS 00/19
Technical data
Designation
LGFS 00/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818
00
Dropping Point ISO 2176
>200 °C (>392 °F)
Classification, DIN 51502
GP HC 00 G-40
Classification, ISO 6743-9
L-XEBEB 00
Penetration ISO 2137
25 °C, 10–1 mm
400-430
220
25
Appearance
White semi-fluid
Type of thickener
Aluminium complex
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)
Shelf life
2 years
Operating temperatures range
–45 to +100 °C
(–49 to +212 °F)
peak up to 120 °C (248 °F)
NSF Reg. No.
149602
141
LGFD 2
High load food grade grease
SKF LGFD 2 is a premium synthetic base oil and
Aluminium complex thickened grease suitable for
applications experiencing high loads.
•
•
•
•
Excellent oxidation and mechanical stability
Excellent water and corrosion resistance
Excellent adhesive properties
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
Lubrication of bearings, joints, linkages and slides in F&B industry,
for the machines used in:
• Packaging
• Bottling
• Wrapping
• Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LGFD 2
400 ml cartridge
LGFD 2/0.4
19 kg can
LGFD 2/19
Technical data
Designation
LGFD 2/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818
2
Dropping Point ISO 2176
>240 °C (>464 °F)
Classification, DIN 51502
KP HC 2 K-30
Classification, ISO 6743-9
L-XCCEB 2
Penetration ISO 2137
25 °C, 10–1 mm
265-295
220
25
Appearance
White smooth paste
Type of thickener
Aluminium complex
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)
Shelf life
2 years
Operating temperatures range
–35 to +120 °C
(–31 to +248 °F)
peak up to 140 °C (284 °F)
NSF Reg. No.
149601
142
LGFC 1
Low temperature food grade grease
SKF LGFC 1 is a premium synthetic base oil and
Aluminium complex thickened grease suitable for
applications experiencing low temperatures.
•
•
•
•
Excellent low temperature performance
Excellent water and corrosion resistance
Excellent adhesive properties
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
Lubrication of bearings, joints, linkages and slides in F&B industry,
for machines used in:
• Freezers
• Cooling processes
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LGFC 1
400 ml cartridge
LGFC 1/0.4
19 kg can
LGFC 1/19
Technical data
Designation
LGFC 1/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818
1
Classification, DIN 51502
K HC 1 E-50
Classification, ISO 6743-9
L-XEBEA 1
Appearance
Pale yellow, smooth paste
Type of thickener
Aluminium complex
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)
Operating temperatures range
Dropping Point ISO 2176
Penetration ISO 2137
25 °C, 10–1 mm
310-340
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
–30 °C, mm²/s
+40 °C, mm²/s
+100 °C, mm²/s (calulated)
960
20
4.8
–50 to +100 °C
(–58 to +212 °F)
peak up to 110 °C (230 °F)
Flow pressure
–25 °C, mbar
–35 °C, mbar
300
475
Shelf life
2 years
>200 °C (>392 °F)
NSF Reg. No.
149603
143
LGFT 2
High temperature food grade grease
SKF LGFT 2 is a premium synthetic base oil and
inorganically thickened 1 grease suitable for applications
experiencing high temperatures.
•
•
•
•
Excellent high temperature performance
Excellent water and corrosion resistance
Excellent adhesive properties
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
Lubrication of bearings, joints, linkages and slides in F&B industry,
for the machines used in:
• Ovens
• Other bakery equipment
1
LGFT 2 is based on an inorganic thickener and therefore incompatible
with most greases based on other type of thickeners.
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LGFT 2
400 ml cartridge
LGFT 2/0.4
19 kg can
LGFT 2/19
Technical data
Designation
LGFT 2/(pack size)
NLGI number, DIN 51818
2
Dropping Point ISO 2176
None
Classification, DIN 51502
KP HC 2 S-30
Classification, ISO 6743-9
L-XCGEA 2
Penetration ISO 2137
25 °C, 10–1 mm
265-295
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
200 °C, mm²/s (calculated)
400
40
6
Shelf life
2 years
NSF Reg. No.
149604
Appearance
Beige, smooth paste
Type of thickener
Inorganic
Base oil type
Synthetic (PAO)
Operating temperatures range
–30 to +200 °C
(–22 to +392 °F)
peak up to 220 °C (428 °F)
144
LFFH 46
Food grade hydraulic oil
LFFH 68
SKF LFFH 46 and LFFH 68 are synthetic hydraulic
fluids suitable for lubrication of machinery used in
the food industry.
•
•
•
•
Excellent anti-wear performance
Excellent water separation properties
Excellent protection against corrosion
NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
• Hydraulic systems
• Hydrostatic gears
• Circulating oil systems
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LFFH 46
LFFH 68
22 l can
LFFH 46/22
LFFH 68/22
205 l can
LFFH 46/205
LFFH 68/205
Designation
LFFH 46/(pack size)
LFFH 68/(pack size)
Appearance
Yellowish
Yellowish
Base oil type
Synthetic
Synthetic
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
46
7.9
68
10.9
Density ISO 12185
15 °C, kg/m3
836
843
Flash point DIN/EN/ISO 2592 COC
248 °C
258 °C
Pourpoint ISO 3016
<–60 °C
<–60 °C
FZG-Test A/8.3/90 Failure Load Stage DIN 51354-2
12
>12
Viscosity Index DIN ISO 2909
142
143
Shelf life
2 years
2 years
NSF Reg. No.
149599
149600
Technical data
145
LFFG 220
Food grade gear oil
LFFG 320
SKF LFFG 220 and LFFG 320 are synthetic gear
oils suitable for lubrication of machinery used in
the food industry.
• Excellent EP properties
• High viscosity index resulting in minimum variation of viscosity
with change of temperature
• Excellent protection against corrosion
• NSF H1 registered and Halal and Kosher certified
Applications
• Enclosed gear boxes
• Packaging
• Conveyers
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LFFG 220
LFFG 320
22 l can
LFFG 220/22
LFFG 320/22
205 l can
LFFG 220/205
LFFG 320/205
Designation
LFFG 220/(pack size)
LFFG 320/(pack size)
Appearance
Pale yellow
Pale yellow
Base oil type
Synthetic
Synthetic
Base oil viscosity ISO 3104
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
220
25
320
33.4
Density ISO 12185
15 °C, kg/m3
847
852
Flash point DIN/EN/ISO 2592 COC
276 °C
278 °C
Pourpoint ISO 3016
–48 °C
–45 °C
FZG-Test A/8.3/90 Failure Load Stage DIN 51354-2
>12
>12
Viscosity Index DIN ISO 2909
143
147
Shelf life
2 years
2 years
NSF Reg. No.
149597
149598
Technical data
146
LFFM 80
Food grade chain oil
LHFP 150
Our food grade chain oil range is specifically developed for
food and beverage applications where high temperature, high
humidity and low temperatures are critical factors to consider
in the selection of the correct oil.
LFFT 220
LFFM 80 - High moisture chain oil LFFM 80 exhibits particularly good
performance in high moisture environments such as in proofers and pasta
driers as well as in applications where condensation might occur. This low
viscosity semi-synthetic base oil prevents residue build-up on the chains
and offers good wear and corrosion protection.
LHFP 150 - General purpose chain oil LHFP 150 excels in low to elevated
temperature applications such as in confectionery industries and fruit and
vegetable processing. The formulation is based on a synthetic oil and the
product provides good corrosion and wear protection together with good
aging and oxidation stability.
LFFT 220 - High temperature performance chain oil LFFT 220 is mainly
for use in bakery ovens or other equipment subjected to high temperatures.
It provides good wear protection and low evaporation losses at elevated
temperatures along with excellent oxidation resistance due to its
formulation and synthetic base.
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LFFM 80
LHFP 150
LFFT 220
5 l can
LFFM 80/5
LHFP 150/5
LFFT 220/5
SKF SYSTEM 24 / LAGD 125 ml
LAGD 125/FFM80
LAGD 125/HFP15
LAGD 125/FFT22
Designation
LFFM 80
LHFP 150
LFFT 220
Appearance
White
Colourless
Yellow
Base oil type
Semi synthetic (mineral/ester)
Synthetic ester
Synthetic ester
Specific gravity
0.89
0.85
0.95
Operating temperature range
–30 to +120 °C (–22 to +248 °F)
–30 to +120 °C (–22 to +248 °F)
0 to 250 °C (32 to 482 °F)
Base oil viscosity:
40 °C (104 °F), mm²/s
100 °C (212 °F), mm²/s
approx. 80
approx. 10
ISO VG 150
approx. 19
ISO VG 220
approx. 17
Flash point
>200 °C (>392 °F)
>200 °C (>392 °F)
>250 °C (>482 °F)
NSF Reg. No.
146767
136858
146768
Technical data
147
LDTS 1
Food grade dry film lubricant
SKF Dry Film Lubricant LDTS 1 has been specially
developed for automatic lubrication of plastic flat top
chain conveyors in the beverage processing industry.
It adheres very well to all treated surfaces and has
outstanding properties. The lubricant consists of
synthetic oil and is doped with PTFE solid lubricant.
•
•
•
•
Cost savings by eliminating high volume of water and soluble lubricant.
Improved operator safety by reducing slip hazards.
Quality of packaging is maintained by elimination of moisture.
Reduced risk of product contamination by minimising microbiological
growth.
• Enhanced line efficiency by avoiding replacement costs and associated
unplanned production stops.
• Reduced cleaning costs.
Applications
• Conveyors in bottling lines using PET, carton, glass or can packages.
Ordering details
Pack sizes
LDTS 1
5 l can
LDTS 1/5
Technical data
Designation
LDTS 1
Composition
Mineral oils, hydrocarbons,
additives, PTFE
Flash point of the preparation
ca. 100 °C (210 °F)
>170 °C (340 °F)
139739
Appearance
White
Flash point after evaporation
of the solvent
Operating temperature range
–5 to +60 °C (25 to 140 °F)
NSF Reg. No.
Viscosity at 40 °C (104 °F)
ca. 11 mm²/s
Pour point
<0 °C
Density 20 °C (70 °F)
ca. 843 kg/m³
148
Special lubricants
LESA 2
Grease developed for SKF Energy Efficient
spherical roller bearings
SKF LESA 2 grease combines a fully synthetic
polyalphaolefine (PAO) base oil with a unique lithium soap
thickener. This premium quality, low friction grease has
been specially developed for SKF Energy Efficient spherical
roller bearings.
•
•
•
•
Low friction torque
Helps to minimise energy losses due to friction
Quiet running
Extremely good oxidation stability and resistance to water
Technical data
Designation
LESA 2/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
KP2G-50
NLGI consistency class
2
Soap type
Lithium
Colour
Beige
Base oil type
PAO
Temperature range
–50 to +110 °C
(–60 to +230 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
180 min. (356 min.)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
18
4,5
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
100 000 strokes, 10–1 mm
265–295
+50 max. (325 max.)
Mechanical stability
Roll stability, 50 hrs at 80 °C, 10–1 mm
380 max.
Corrosion protection
Emcor:
– standard ISO 11007
0–1
Water resistance
DIN 51 807/1,
3 hrs at 90 °C
1 max.
Oil separation
DIN 51 817,
7 days at 40 °C, static, %
<4
Copper corrosion
DIN 51 811, 110 °C
1 max. 100 °C (210 °F)
Rolling bearing grease life
R0F test
L50 life at 20 000 r/min, hrs
>1 000, 110 °C (230 °F)
EP performance
4-ball test,
welding load DIN 51350/4, N
2 000 min.
Available packsizes
420 ml cartridge
1, 5, 18 kg can
149
LMCG 1
Grid and gear coupling grease
LMCG 1 is a polyethylene thickened and mineral oil based
grease which also uses a lithium complex thickening
technology. The grease is formulated to withstand high
centrifugal forces and high-torque applications for grid and
gear (flexible) couplings even where severe shock loadings,
misalignment and vibration occur.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Excellent resistance to oil separation
High acceleration and high operating speeds
Excellent high-torque lubrication
High corrosion protection
Exceeds AGMA Type CG-1 and AGMA Type CG-2 requirements
High coupling wear protection
Excellent oxidation stability
Due to low oil bleeding tendency, suitable for use in centralized
lubrication systems
Applications
•
•
•
•
Grid couplings
Gear couplings
Flexible heavy duty grid and gear couplings
Low maintenance cost and long life grid and gear couplings
Technical data
Designation
LMCG 1/(pack size)
DIN 51825 code
GOG1G-0
NLGI consistency class
1
Soap type
Polyethylene
Colour
Brown
Base oil type
Mineral
Operating temperature range
0 to 120 °C
(32 to 248 °F)
Dropping point DIN ISO 2176
210 °C (410 °F)
Base oil viscosity
40 °C, mm²/s
100 °C, mm²/s
670
34
Penetration DIN ISO 2137
60 strokes, 10–1 mm
310–340
Corrosion protection
SKF Emcor:
– standard ISO 11007
– salt water test (100% seawater)
0–0
2–2
Copper corrosion ASTM D4048
24 hrs at 100 °C
1b
EP performance
Wear scar DIN 51350/5, 1 400 N, mm
4–ball test, welding load DIN 51350/4, N
0,5 max.
3 200*
Koppers Method ASTM D4425
K36, 24h
<24%
Approximate density
at 20 °C, IPPM-CS/03
0.94
Available pack sizes
* Typical value
150
35 g tube
420 ml cartridge
2, 18, 50 kg
LHMT 68
SKF Chain Oil
Designed to fulfill the requirements of most industrial
chain applications
LHHT 265
LHMT 68 - SKF LHMT 68 is ideal for medium temperatures and dusty
environments like those of cement and material handling industries,
where a high penetration and light film are required.
LHHT 265 - SKF LHHT 265 synthetic oil is ideal for high load and/or
high temperature conditions, like those found in the pulp and paper
and textile industries. It doesn’t form any residue at high temperatures
and it is neutral towards seals and polymers.
• Increase chain life and re-lubrication interval
• Reduce oil consumption and energy consumption
Applications
• Conveyor chains
• Drive chains
• Lift chains
Ordering details
Chain oil
LHMT 68
LHHT 265
Description
Medium temperature oil
High temperature oil
Can 5 liter
LHMT 68/5
LHHT 265/5
SKF SYSTEM 24
LAGD series
Unit 60 ml
Unit 125 ml
LAGD 60/HMT68*
LAGD 125/HMT68*
–
LAGD 125/HHT26*
TLSD series
Complete unit 122 ml
Complete unit 250 ml
Refill set 122 ml
Refill set 250 ml
TLSD 125/HMT68
TLSD 250/HMT68
LHMT 68/EML125
LHMT 68/EML250
TLSD 125/HHT26
TLSD 250/HHT26
LHHT 265/EML12
LHHT 265/EML25
* Includes non-return valve
Technical data
Designation
LHMT 68
LHHT 265
Description
Medium temperature oil
High temperature oil
Specific gravity
0.85
0.92
Colour
Yellowish brown
Yellow orange
Base oil type
Mineral
Synthetic ester
Operating temperature range
–15 to +90 °C (5 to 194 °F)
Up to 250 °C (482 °F)
Base oil viscosity:
40 °C (104 °F), mm²/s
100 °C (212 °F), mm²/s
ISO VG 68
approx. 9
approx. 265
approx. 30
Flash point
>200 °C (392 °F)
approx. 260 °C (500 °F)
Pour point
<-15 °C (5 °F)
n/a
151
Technical data
Understanding grease technical data
Some basic knowledge is required to understand the technical data so that you
can select the proper grease. This is an excerpt of the main terms mentioned in
SKF grease technical data.
Consistency
Viscosity
A measure of the stiffness of a grease. A proper consistency must
ensure that the grease stays in the bearing without generating too
much friction. It is classified according to a scale developed by the NLGI
(National Lubricating Grease Institute). The softer the grease, the lower
the number. Grease for bearings are typically NLGI 1, 2 or 3. The test
measures how deep a cone falls into a grease sample in tenths of mm.
A measure of a fluid’s resistance to flow. For lubricants, a proper viscosity
must guarantee an adequate separation between surfaces without
causing too much friction. According to ISO standards, it is measured at
40 °C (105 °F), as viscosity changes with temperature. Values at 100 °C
(210 °F) allow calculation of the viscosity index, e.g. how much the
viscosity will decrease when temperature rises.
Classification of greases by NLGI consistency number
Mechanical stability
NLGI
number
ASTM worked
penetration
(10–1 mm)
Appearance
at room
temperature
000
445–475
very fluid
The consistency of bearing greases should not significantly change
during its working life. Three main tests are normally used to analyse
this behaviour:
00
400–430
fluid
0
355–385
semi-fluid
1
310–340
very soft
2
265–295
soft
3
220–250
medium hard
4
175–205
hard
5
130–160
very hard
6
85–115
extremely hard
Temperature range
Comprehends the suitable working range of the grease. It goes between
the low temperature limit (LTL) and the high temperature performance
limit (HTPL). LTL is defined as the lowest temperature at which the
grease will allow the bearing to be started up without difficulty. Below
this limit, starvation will occur and cause a failure. Above HTPL, the
grease will degrade in an uncontrolled way so that grease life cannot be
determined accurately.
Dropping point
Temperature at which a grease sample, when heated, will begin to flow
through an opening according to DIN ISO 2176. It is important to
understand that this point is considered to have limited significance for
performance of the grease as it is always far above HTPL.
152
• Prolonged penetration
The grease sample is subjected to 100 000 strokes in a device
called a grease worker. Then, the penetration is measured.
The difference against penetration at 60 strokes is reported
as the change in 10–1 mm.
• Roll stability
A grease sample is placed in a cylinder with a roller inside. The
cylinder is then rotated for 72 or 100 hours at 80 or 100 °C
(175 or 210 °F) (the standard test demands just 2 hours at room
temperature). At the end of the test period, once the cylinder has
cooled to room temperature, the penetration of the grease is
measured and the change in consistency is reported in 10–1 mm.
• V2F test
A railway axlebox is subjected to vibration shocks of 1 Hz from a
bouncing hammer producing an acceleration level between 12–15 g.
After 72 hours at 500 r/min., the grease leaked from the housing
through the labyrinth seal is collected in a tray. If it weighs less than
50 g, a rating of ‘m’ is granted, otherwise it is rated as ‘fail’.
Afterwards, the test is continued for another 72 hours at 1 000 r/min.
If less than 150 grams of grease leaked after completion of both tests,
then a rating of ‘M’ is given.
Roll stability test rig
V2F grease test rig
Corrosion protection
Corrosive environments demand special properties for rolling bearing
greases. During the Emcor test, bearings are lubricated with a mixture
of grease and distilled water. At the end of the test, a value between 0
(no corrosion) and 5 (very severe corrosion) is given. Salt water, instead
of distilled water or continuous water flow (washout test), can be used to
make the test more severe.
Water resistance
A glass strip is coated with the candidate grease, which is placed into
a water-filled test tube. The test tube is immersed in a water bath for
three hours at a specified test temperature. The change in the grease
is visually evaluated and reported as a value between 0 (no change)
and 3 (major change) along with the test temperature.
Emcor grease test rig
Glass or metal plate
Oil separation
Thin layer of grease on plate
Distilled water
Temperature controlled bath,
e.g. 90 ±1 °C
Water resistance test
Lubricating greases release oil when stored for long periods of time or
when used in bearings as a function of temperature. The degree of oil
separation will depend upon the thickener, base oil and manufacturing
method. In the test, a cup is filled with a given quantity of grease (and is
weighed before the test) and a 100 gram weight is placed on top of the
grease. The complete unit is placed into an oven at 40 °C (105 °F) for one
week. At the end of the week, the amount of oil which has leaked through
the sieve, is weighed and reported as a percentage of weight loss.
Dead weight
(gives light pressure
on grease sample)
P
Sieve
Separated oil
Oil separation test
153
R2F grease test rig
ROF+ grease test rig
Lubrication ability
Extreme pressure (EP) performance
The R2F test assesses the high temperature performance and lubricating
ability of a grease. A shaft with two spherical roller bearings in their
respective housings is driven by an electric motor. The bearings are run
under load, the speed may be varied and heat can be applied. The test
method is carried out under two different conditions after which the
wear of the rollers and the cage is measured. Test A is conducted at
ambient temperature and a “pass” rating means that the grease can be
used to lubricate large bearings at normal operating temperatures and
also in low vibrating applications. Test B runs at 120 °C (250 °F) and a
“pass” rating indicates suitability for large bearings at high temperatures.
The 4-ball weld load test rig uses three steel balls held in a cup. A fourth
ball is rotated against the three balls at a given speed. A starting load is
applied and increased at pre-determined intervals until the rotating ball
seizes and welds to the stationary balls. Values above 2 600 N are
typically expected in EP grease. Under the 4-ball wear scar test, SKF
applies 1 400 N (standard test uses 400 N) on the fourth ball during
1 minute. The wear on the three balls is measured and values below
2 mm are considered as appropriate values for EP greases.
Copper corrosion
Lubricating greases should protect copper alloys used in bearings from
corrosive attack while in service. To assess these properties, a copper
strip is immersed in the grease sample and placed in an oven. The strip
is then cleaned and the degradation is observed. The result is rated by
a numerical system and a rating above 2 indicates poor protection.
Rolling bearing grease life
The R0F and ROF+ tests determine the grease life and its high
temperature performance limit (HTPL). Ten deep groove ball bearings
are fitted into five housings and filled with a given quantity of grease.
The test is undertaken at a pre-determined speed and temperature.
Axial and radial loads are applied and the bearings run to failure.
The time to failure is recorded in hours and a Weibull life calculation
is made to establish the grease life. This information can then be used
to determine re-lubrication intervals in an application.
154
Fretting corrosion
Vibrating or oscillating conditions are typical causes for fretting corrosion.
Under the FAFNIR test, two thrust ball bearings are loaded and subjected
to oscillation. The wear on each bearing is then measured. A wear below
7 mg indicates good fretting protection.
Thickener compatibility chart
Lithium
Calcium
Sodium
Lithium
complex
Calcium
complex
Sodium
complex
Barium
complex
+
l
-
+
-
l
l
-
l
l
+
l
+
l
+
-
l
l
-
l
l
+
-
l
+
l
l
+
+
-
l
l
-
Lithium
complex
+
+
l
+
+
l
l
+
-
-
+
Calcium
complex
-
-
l
+
+
l
-
l
l
+
+
Sodium
complex
l
l
+
l
l
+
+
-
-
l
l
Barium
complex
l
l
+
l
-
+
+
+
l
l
l
-
-
-
+
l
-
+
+
-
l
-
Clay
(Bentonite)
l
l
l
-
l
-
l
-
+
l
-
Common
polyurea*
l
l
l
-
+
l
l
l
l
+
+
Calcium
sulphonate
complex
+
+
-
+
+
l
l
-
-
+
+
Lithium
Calcium
Sodium
Aluminium
complex
+ = Compatible
-
l = Test required
= Incompatible
Aluminium
complex
Clay
(Bentonite)
Common
polyurea*
Calcium
sulphonate
complex
*S
KF high performance, high temperature bearing grease LGHP 2 is not a common polyurea type grease. It is a di-urea bearing
grease, which has successfully been tested for compatibility with lithium and lithium complex thickened greases i.e. LGHP 2 is
compatible with such greases.
Base oil compatibility chart
Mineral/PAO
Ester
Polyglycol
Silicone:
Methyl
Silicone:
Phenyl
Polyphenylether
PFPE
Mineral/
PAO
+
+
-
-
+
l
-
Ester
+
+
+
-
+
l
-
Polyglycol
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
Silicone:
methyl
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
Silicone:
phenyl
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
l
l
-
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
Polyphenylether
PFPE
l = Test required + = Compatible - = Incompatible
155
Storage tools
Modernise your oil storage and handling practices
Oil storage station
Oil storage station is an integrated solution designed to minimize the chances for lubricating oils to
get cross contaminated or contaminated during storage and transfer. It is a customized solution
helping to help ensure clean, organized, safe and reliable lubricant identification, storage and
transfer. It consists of the tailor-made set of colour-coded tanks, pumps, hose reels, filters and
additional lubricant handling equipment and tools.
Features
• Choice of four aluminized steel tank sizes: 113, 246, 454 and 908 litre
(30, 65, 120 and 240 US gal)
• Scalable and configurable – scale system to accommodate the number
of lubricants required for storage and dispensing
• Choice of 10 tank colours
• Spill control – all systems come standard with integrated spill pans
for SPCC compliance and overall environmental protection
• Fire suppression – includes MSHA-CFR30 – rated flame resistant fire
suppression hoses as standard with optional fusible link tank isolation
valves and auto-shut off taps
• Filtration – all systems come with fluid filtration capability with a
choice of micron ratings and also desiccant air breathers
• Accommodates lubricants up to ISO VG 680
• All systems ship in fully assembled pods – for efficient freight and
rapid on-site installation
• Transport – all systems have integrated spill transport pallets for easy
forklift and hand truck access for freight and workplace mobility
• Power – all systems come standard with 110 V single phase TEFC
motors and can be configured for other power supplies as required
Standard model
Superior model
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Best practice contamination control
Very space efficient
Easy relocation around the plant
One pump and filter per tank
Pressurized dispensing
156
Excellent contamination control
Instant lube room
Premium ergonomic dispensing and working surfaces
Integrated parts and tool storage
Electrical and mechanical protection systems
One pump and filter per tank
Pressurized dispensing
Numerous upgrade options
Optimum cleanliness when filling your grease guns
SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF series
Best lubrication practices say that each type of grease requires an individual
grease gun and the refilling has to be a clean process. SKF Grease Filler Pumps
are designed to help achieve this goal.
•
•
•
•
Quick filling: low pressure high stroke volume
Easy installation: all necessary items are included
Reliable: tested and approved for all SKF greases
Appropriate as a complement for SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550
Technical data
Designation
LAGF 18
LAGF 50
Maximum pressure
30 bar (430 psi)
30 bar (430 psi)
Volume/stroke
approx. 45 cm³ (1.5 US fl. oz)
approx. 45 cm³ (1.5 US fl. oz)
Suitable drum dimensions:
inside diameter
maximum inside height
265–285 mm (10.4–11.2 in.)
420 mm (16.5 in.)
350–385 mm (13.8–15.2 in.)
675 mm (26.6 in.)
Weight
5 kg (11 lb)
7 kg (15 lb)
Contamination free grease filling
SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550
The sturdy and easy-to-use SKF Bearing Packer VKN 550 is designed to
completely fill open bearings such as tapered roller bearings. They can be used
with a standard grease gun, air-operated grease pump or grease filler pump.
• Flushes the grease right between the rolling elements
• Closed system: the cover lid prevents ingress of dirt
Note: Most suitable in conjunction with SKF Grease Filler Pumps LAGF Series
Technical data
Designation
VKN 550
Bearing range:
inner diameter (d)
19 to 120 mm (0.7 to 4.7 in.)
outer diameter (D)
max. 200 mm (7.9 in.)
157
Transfer tools
A smarter way to handle your hoses
Hose reels TLRC & TLRS series
Hoses are required anywhere flexible ways of conveying fluids are required.
However, their flexible nature make them difficult to keep tidy and untangled.
Hose reels are designed to help solve that problem.
TLRC
TLRS
Features
Benefits
• High quality materials consistent with
application demands.
From lightweight (composite) versions for
medium duty applications (TLRC series) to
very robust for the most demanding
applications (TLRS series)
• A thorough cleaning process prior to an
individual coating process, along with a long
life swivel design help to maximise service life
• The declutching shaft and the enclosed drive
mechanism prevent
reverse winding and protect the system
against the environment
• Unlike many hose reels on the market, the
TLRS series has a strong welded pedestal.
This construction is designed and built for
heavy duty applications
• Reduce the risk of accidents due to tripping
or from vehicles running over exposed hoses
• Increase lifetime of hoses
• Minimise leakages
• Promote tidiness and cleanliness
• Save time when using hoses
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
Lubricants storage rooms
Assembly stations and factories in general
Pneumatic tools
Automotive service centres and tire stores
Fire brigades and Service trucks
Maintenance and administrative buildings
Technical data
Designation
Pressure
Max. temp.
Hose I.D.
Hose length
M (G)
Outlet
F (G)
Inlet
Hose
colour
Application
bar
psi
°C
°F
mm in.
m
ft
in.
in.
21
300
65
150
10
3/8
15
50
1/4
1/2
Red
Low pressure air / water
TLRC 15AW/W
21
300
65
150
13
1/2
15
50
1/2
1/2
Red
Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15AW
21
300
65
150
10
3/8
15
50
1/4
1/2
Red
Low pressure air / water
TLRS 22AW
21
300
65
150
10
3/8
22
72
1/4
1/2
Red
Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15AW/W
21
300
65
150
13
1/2
15
50
3/8
1/2
Red
Low pressure air / water
TLRS 15H
138
2 000
99
210
13
1/2
15
50
1/2
1/2
Black
Medium pressure oil
TLRS 8G
400
5 800
99
210
6
1/4
8
25
1/4
1/4
Black
High pressure grease
TLRC 15AW
158
Manual grease dispensing tools
A basic element of lubrication plans
The main pitfall of manual lubrication is ensuring accuracy and top cleanliness.
Lubricant film in the application can be over 40 times thinner than the smallest
visible particle. The SKF range of manual lubrication tools is designed to help
you with the storage, handling, dosing and supplying of lubricants for your
machinery in a clean and easy way.
A comprehensive range to meet your needs
SKF Grease Guns
SKF Grease Guns are suitable for agricultural, industrial, automotive and
construction industries amongst others. Except for the SKF LAGP 400, which is
designed for emptying cartridges only, all of them are equipped with a grease
filling fitting. This fitting enables the use of SKF Grease Filler Pumps to refill the
guns with loose grease, thus keeping contaminants out of the grease.
Selection chart and technical data – SKF Grease Guns
Designation
LAGP 400
TLGH 1
1077600
1077600/SET
LAGH 400
LAGG 400B and
LAGG 400B/US
Drive
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
One hand
Battery
LAGG 400B
(230 V charger)
LAGG 400B/US
(110 V charger)
400 bar
(5 800 psi)
400 bar
(5 800 psi)
400 bar
(5 800 psi)
300 bar
(4 350 psi)
400 bar (5 800 psi)
Min. burst pressure:
800 bar (11 600 psi)
Maximum pressure
Volume per stroke
20 cm³ (1.2 in.³)
Approx.
0,9 cm³ (0.05 in.³)
Approx.
1,5 cm³ (0.09 in.³)
Approx.
1,5 cm³ (0.09 in.³)
Approx.
0,8 cm³ (0.05 in.³)
Approx.
400 g (0.9 lb) /10 min
Weight
0,35 kg
(12 oz)
1,5 kg
(3.3 lb)
1,5 kg
(3.3 lb)
Complete: 2,4 kg
(5.3 lb)
1,2 kg
(2.6 lb)
Grease gun Including
battery 3,1 kg (6,8 lb)
Reservoir
Suitable for the SKF
grease cartridges.
Loose grease
(ca. 500 cm³) or
grease cartridges.
Loose grease
(ca. 500 cm³) or
grease cartridges.
Loose grease
(ca. 500 cm³) or
grease cartridges.
Loose grease
(ca. 500 cm³) or
grease cartridges.
Loose grease
(ca. 500 cm³) or
grease cartridges.
Discharge pipe
length
–
175 mm (6.9 in.)
175 mm (6.9 in.)
1077600 H:
300 mm (12 in.)
175 mm (6.9 in.)
300 mm (12 in.)
750 mm (29.5 in.)
Accessories
–
1077601
1077601
1077601
1077601
–
Notes
Three spout caps
included
Set includes: Extension pipe,
Snap-on high pressure hose,
Snap-on extension pipe with
cardan nozzle, Snap-on
extension pipe for flat-head
grease fittings (Ø16 mm),
Female and pointed nozzle
Supplied with carrying
strap.
Operating temperature
range: –15 to +50 °C
(5 to 120 °F)
Note: 1077601: Flexible 500 mm (19.7 in.) long pressure hose with hydraulic gripping nozzle.
159
Accurate grease quantity measurement
SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E
The amount delivered per stroke by grease guns depends on many variables.
It is generally difficult to supply an accurate quantity of grease when manually
lubricating bearings. The right amount of grease, however, is critical for the
bearings’ service life, as over- or under-greasing can result in machine
breakdown. Although a common practice is to weigh the grease per stroke,
this procedure does not consider the backpressure, the ongoing wear inside
the grease gun or any other variables.
The SKF Grease Meter LAGM 1000E accurately measures grease discharge in volume or weight
in metric (cm³ or g) or US units (US fl. oz or oz), making conversion calculations unnecessary.
• Suitable for most NLGI 0-3 greases
• A rubber sleeve protects the electronics in case of impact and
is also oil and grease resistant
• The backlit LCD displays large and clear-to-read digits
• Maximum pressure of 700 bar (10 000 psi)
• Small, compact and lightweight design
• Corrosion-free aluminium housing
• Fits with all SKF grease guns
Technical data
160
Designation
LAGM 1000E
Housing material
Aluminium, anodised
Weight
0,3 kg (0.66 lb)
IP rating
IP 67
Suitable greases
NLGI 0 to NLGI 3
Maximum operating pressure
700 bar (10 000 psi)
Maximum grease flow
1 000 cm³/min (34 US fl. oz/min)
Thread connections
M10x1
Display
Lit LCD (4 digits / 9 mm)
Accuracy
±3% from 0 to 300 bar
±5% from 300 to 700 bar
Selectable units
cm³, g, US fl. oz or oz
Display lamp auto switch off
15 seconds after last pulse
Battery type
1 ™ 1,5 V AA Alkaline
Unit auto switch off
Programmable
Renew or upgrade your equipment
SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8
The SKF Grease Nozzles LAGS 8 kit provides practical accessories for daily
lubrication, such as connectors, couplings and nozzles that are most widely
used in the industry.
Technical data
Designation
LAGS 8
Maximum working pressure
400 bar (5 800 psi)
Minimum burst pressure
800 bar (11 600 psi)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
Kit contents
Straight pipe 180 mm and nozzle (DIN 71412)
1x
Hose with nozzle (DIN 71412)
1x
Tube with nozzle for buttom head grease fittings (DIN 3404)
1x
Tube with nozzle for Flush type grease fittings and plastic transparent cover (DIN 3405)
1x
Grease fitting M10x1–G 1/8
1x
Grease fitting M10x1– 1/8 –27NPS
1x
Nozzle (DIN 71412)
2x
The link to your lubrication points
SKF Grease Nipples LAGN 120
The LAGN 120 grease fitting kit contains a full range of 120 standardised
conical grease fittings made of precision steel, zinc plated, hardened and blue
chromated.
Technical data
Designation
LAGN 120
Maximum working pressure
400 bar (5 800 psi)
Minimum burst pressure
800 bar (11 600 psi)
Kit contents
Grease fitting type
Quantity
Grease fitting type
Quantity
M6x1
straight
30x
M10x1
5x
M8x1
straight
20x
G 1/8
45°
5x
M10x1
straight
10x
M6x1
90°
5x
45°
G 1/8
straight
10x
M8x1
90°
10x
M6x1
45°
5x
M10x1
90°
5x
M8x1
45°
10x
G 1/8
90°
5x
161
Proper identification of your lubrication points
SKF Grease fitting caps and tags TLAC 50
In conjunction with the SKF Lubrication Planner software, grease fitting caps
and tags offer a complete solution to protect lubrication fittings from external
contamination and simultaneously allow for proper identification.
Technical data
Description
Value
Label dimensions
45 ™ 21 mm (1.8 ™ 0.8 in.)
Material
LLDP + 25% EVA
Temperature range
from –20 to +80 °C (–5 to +175 °F)
Suitable for grease fitting sizes
G 1/4, G 1/8, M6, M8, M10 and grease fitting head
Kits contents
Kit designation
Description
TLAC 50/B
50 blue caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/Y
50 yellow caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/R
50 red caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/G
50 green caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAC 50/Z
50 black caps and tags + 2 printable stickers sheets
TLAT 10
10 printable stickers sheets
Skin protection when handling grease
SKF Disposable Grease Resistant Gloves TMBA G11D
SKF TMBA G11D gloves are specially designed to protect skin when working
with lubricants. The gloves are packed in a handy box containing 25 pairs.
•
•
•
•
Non-powdered nitrile rubber gloves
Tight fitting for precision wear
Excellent resistance against lubricants
Non-allergenic
Technical data
162
Designation
TMBA G11D
Pack size
25 pairs
Size
9
Colour
blue
For high volume requirements
SKF Grease Pumps LAGG series
SKF manual and air-operated grease pumps are designed to supply large
amounts of grease. This is useful when large housings have to be filled or when
numerous points have to be lubricated. They are also suitable for topping up
centralised lubrication systems reservoirs.
• Full range: pumps available for 18, 50 or 180 kg (39, 110 or 400 lb)
grease drums
• High pressure: maximum of 420 bar (6 090 psi) for air-driven models
• Reliable: tested and approved for SKF greases
• Easy and ready to install
• 3,5 m (11.5 ft) of tubing included
LAGG 18M
LAGG 18AE
LAGG 50AE
LAGG 180AE
LAGT 180
Technical data
Designation
LAGG 18M
LAGG 18AE
LAGG 50AE
LAGG 180AE
LAGT 180
Description
Grease pump for
18 kg (39.6 lb)
drums
Mobile grease pump
for 18 kg (39.6 lb)
drums
Grease pump
for 50 kg (110 lb)
drums
Grease pump
for 180 kg (396 lb)
drums
Trolley for drums
up to 200 kg
(440 lb)
Power source
Manual
Air–pressure
Air–pressure
Air–pressure
n.a.
Max. pressure
500 bar (7 250 psi)
420 bar (6 090 psi)
420 bar (6 090 psi)
420 bar (6 090 psi)
n.a.
Suitable drum
265–285 mm
(10.4–11.2 in.)
265–285 mm
(10.4–11.2 in.)
350–385 mm
(13.8–15.2 in.)
550–590 mm
(21.7–23.2 in.)
n.a.
Mobility
Stationary
Trolley included
Stationary
Stationary
Trolley
Maximum flow rate
1,6 cm³/stroke
(0.05 US fl. oz)
200 cm³/min.
(6.8 US fl. oz)
200 cm³/min.
(6.8 US fl. oz)
200 cm³/min.
(6.8 US fl. oz)
–
Suitable grease
NLGI class
000–2
0–2
0–2
0–2
–
163
Automatic grease dispensing tools
Improve cleanliness, accuracy, safety and reliability
Performing manual relubrication tasks can be a major challenge for lubrication technicians if the
appropriate tools, practices and knowledge are not employed. Reliability can also be affected by
under- or over-greasing and contamination. Automatic lubrication provides small quantities of
clean lubricant on a regular basis, thus improving bearing performance. Additional benefits include
increased safety and time savings for lubrication technicians.
Main benefits of automatic lubrication
SKF has used its lubrication expertise to
develop suitable lubrication systems that
properly feed lubrication points, thereby
creating synergy between SKF lubricants and
SKF lubrication systems.
Reduce the risks of failure
– Over-greased = overheating, waste and pollution
The SKF lubrication systems portfolio provides
a comprehensive range of products from user
friendly and cost-effective single point
automatic lubricators to complete centralised
lubrication systems engineered for specific
application(s).
– Optimal lubrication
– Under-greased = wear, premature repairs, high repair costs
Manual lubrication
Automatic lubrication
What automatic lubrication can do for you
164
Optimisation of:
Minimisation of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Machine performance
Quantities and frequencies
Accuracy
Safety
Time consumption
Lubricant consumption
Spillage
Contamination risk
Human errors
Failures
The whole range of products is built so that
every new product offers:
• Further installation distance from the
lubrication point: important for reduced
spaces or high vibrations
• Enhanced monitoring/control possibilities:
highly valuable for critical applications that
deserve constant monitoring or machine
steering
• Multiple points: when several lubrication
points have similar conditions, multipoint
lubricators provide an ideal solution
Overview of lubrication methods
Complexity
Ready-to-use systems
1
6
Tailored systems
12
Manual lubrication
Single-point automatic lubricators
Multi-point automatic lubricators
Centralised and automatic lubrication systems
Selection chart – Automatic lubricators
SKF SYSTEM 24
SKF SYSTEM 24
Designation
SKF LAGD series
SKF TLSD series
SKF TLMR series
LAGD 400
LAGD 1000
Number of points
1
1
1
1 to 8
6 to 20
Container capacity
60 ml (2 US fl. oz) and
125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz)
125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz) and
250 ml (8.5 US fl. oz)
120 ml (4.1 US fl. oz) and
380 ml (12.8 US fl. oz)
400 ml
(13.5 US fl. oz)
1 000 ml
(33.8 US fl. oz)
Power Supply
Electrochemical gas
generation
Batteries
Battery/DC
DC/AC
DC/AC
Maximum feed line
<0,3 m (0.1 ft)
<3 m (10 ft)
5 m (16 ft)
5 m (16 ft)
6 m (19.7 ft)
Temperature range
–20 to +60 °C
(–5 to +140 °F)*
0 to 50 °C
(32 to 120 °F)
–25 to +70 °C
(–13 to +158 °F)
0 to 50 °C
(30 to 120 °F)
DC: –25 to +75 °C
(–15 to +165 °F)
AC: –25 to +60 °C
(–15 to +140 °F)
Reusable
Disposable
Replaceable container
Replaceable container
Replaceable 400 g
cartridges / Refillable
Refillable
Monitoring
Piston displacement
LEDS
LEDS
On site / remote
On site / remote
IP rating
IP 68
IP 65
IP 67
IP 54
IP 65
Available lubricants
SKF greases and oils
assortment
Special fillings on request
SKF greases and oils
assortment
Special fillings on request
SKF greases and oils
assortment
A cartridge of SKF LGMT
2 is provided. NLGI 1, 2
and 3 grease are suitable
NLGI 000 to NLGI 2
* If the ambient temperature is constant between 40 and 60 °C (105 and 140 °F), do not select dispense rate of more than 6 months for optimum performance.
165
SKF SYSTEM 24
Gas driven single point automatic lubricators
SKF LAGD series
The units are supplied ready-to-use straight from the box and filled with a wide
range of high performance SKF lubricants. Tool-free activation and time-setting
allow easy and accurate adjustment of lubrication flow.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flexible dispense rate from 1 to 12 months
Stoppable or adjustable if required
Intrinsic safety rating: ATEX approved for zone 0
Transparent lubricant container allows visual inspection of dispense rate
Compact size, permits installation in restrictive areas
Greases and chain oils available
Typical applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Applications in restrictive and hazardous locations
Bearing housing lubrication
Electric motors
Fans and pumps
Conveyors
Cranes
Chains (oil)
Elevators and escalators (oil)
SKF DialSet helps to calculate the correct dispense rate.
166
Easy-grip top-cover
Toolless dial
Specially designed top ring for an
optimum grip
Allows easy and accurate adjustment
of flow rate
Gas cell
Piston
Detachable batteries for an
environmentally friendly disposal
Special piston shape helps ensure
optimum emptying of lubricator
Lubricant container
SKF Lubricants
Transparent lubricant container allows
visual inspection of dispense rate
Filled with high quality SKF lubricants
60 ml unit
Ordering details
Grease
LGWA 2
LGEM 2
LGGB 2
LGHB 2
LGHP 2
LGFP 2
LGWM 2
Description
Multi-purpose EP
type grease
High loads,
slow rotations
Biodegradable
High temperature &
loads, plain bearings
High performance
polyurea
Food processing
industry
High load,
wide temperature
Unit 60 ml
LAGD 60/WA2
LAGD 60/EM2
–
LAGD 60/HB2
LAGD 60/HP2
LAGD 60/FP2
–
Unit 125 ml
LAGD 125/WA2
LAGD 125/EM2
LAGD 125/GB2
LAGD 125/HB2
LAGD 125/HP2
LAGD 125/FP2
LAGD 125/WM2
Chain oils
LHMT 68
LHHT 265
LFFM 80
LHFP 150
LFFT 220
–
Description
Medium
temperature oil
High
temperature oil
Food grade
(NSF H1) oil
Food grade
(NSF H1) oil
Food grade
(NSF H1) oil
Empty unit suitable
for oil filling only
Unit 60 ml
LAGD 60/HMT68*
Unit 125 ml
LAGD 125/HMT68*
LAGD 125/HHT26*
LAGD 125/FFM80*
LAGD 125/HFP15*
LAGD 125/FFT22*
LAGD 125/U*
* Includes non-return valve
Technical data
Designation
LAGD 60 and LAGD 125
Grease capacity
– LAGD 60
– LAGD 125
60 ml (2 US fl. oz)
125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz)
Nominal emptying time
Adjustable; 1–12 months
Ambient temperature range
– LAGD 60/.. and LAGD 125/..
–20 to +60 °C (–5 to +140 °F)
Maximum operating pressure
5 bar (75 psi) (at start-up)
Drive mechanism
Gas cell producing inert gas
Connection thread
R 1/4
Maximum feed line length with:
– grease
– oil
300 mm (11.8 in.)
1 500 mm (59.1 in.)
Intrinsically safe approval
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da
I M1 Ex ia I Ma
EC Type Examination Certificate
Kema 07ATEX0132 X
Protection class
IP 68
Recommended storage temperature
20 °C (70 °F)
Storage life of lubricator
2 years
Weight
LAGD 125 approx 200 g (7.1 oz)
LAGD 60 approx 130 g (4.6 oz)
Lubricant included
Note: For optimum performance, SKF SYSTEM 24 LAGD units filled with LGHP 2 should not be exposed to ambient temperatures over 40 °C (105 °F),
or have a time setting longer than 6 months. For custom fillings, contact your SKF authorised distributor.
167
SKF SYSTEM 24
Electro-mechanical single point automatic lubricators
SKF TLSD series
The SKF TLSD series is the first choice when a simple and reliable automatic
lubricator is required under variable temperatures, or when the application
conditions (such as vibration, limited space or hazardous environments)
require a remote mounting.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filled with SKF Lubricants especially developed for bearing applications
Temperature independent dispense rate
Maximum discharge pressure of 5 bar over the whole dispensing period
Dispense rate available in various settings
Transparent reservoir allows visual inspection
Red-yellow-green LEDs indicate the lubricator’s status
Refill sets include battery pack
Special product version offering for cold conditions
Supplied with support flange for enhanced sturdiness
Suitable for both direct and remote installation
Typical applications
• Critical applications where extreme reliability and additional
monitoring is required
• Applications in restrictive and hazardous locations
• Applications requiring high volumes of lubricant
SKF DialSet helps to calculate the correct dispense rate.
A The unit can be programmed to dispense lubricant in
n
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12 month settings.
B The same drive unit can be used with both cartridge versions
n
by simply adjusting the 125/250 ml switch.
C Traffic light LEDs are visual from all sides because of the presence
n
C
A
B
168
of dual LEDs on the sides of the lubricator. The meaning of the
lights is as follows:
– Green light: The lubricator is properly functioning.
– Yellow light: The lubricator is still functioning, but soon same
action will be required. Yellow light serves as a
pre-warning light.
– Red light: The lubricator stopped operating.
Ordering details 1)
Grease
LGWA 2
LGEM 2
LGHB 2
LGHP 2
LGFP 2
LGWM 2
Description
High load, extreme
pressure, wide
temperature range
High viscosity
bearing grease with
solid lubricants
High load,
high temperature,
high viscosity
High performance,
high temperature
Food compatible
NSF H1 certified
High loads,
wide temperature
Complete unit 125
TLSD 125/WA2
TLSD 125/EM2
TLSD 125/HB2
TLSD 125/HP2
TLSD 125/FP2
TLSD 125C/WM2 2)
Complete unit 250
TLSD 250/WA2
TLSD 250/EM2
TLSD 250/HB2
TLSD 250/HP2
TLSD 250/FP2
TLSD 250C/WM2 2)
Refill set 125
LGWA 2/SD125
LGEM 2/SD125
LGHB 2/SD125
LGHP 2/SD125
LGFP 2/SD125
LGWM 2/SD125C 2)
Refill set 250
LGWA 2/SD250
LGEM 2/SD250
LGHB 2/SD250
LGHP 2/SD250
LGFP 2/SD250
LGWM 2/SD250C 2)
Chain oils
LHMT 68
LHHT 265
LHFP 150
Description
Medium temperature oil
High temperature oil
Food compatible, NSF H1 approved oil
Complete unit 125
TLSD 125/HMT68
–
TLSD 125/HFP15
Complete unit 250
TLSD 250/HMT68
–
TLSD 250/HFP15
Refill set 125
LHMT 68/SD125
LHHT 265/SD125
LHFP 150/SD125
Refill set 250
LHMT 68/SD250
LHHT 265/SD250
LHFP 150/SD250
Technical data
Designation
TLSD 125 and TLSD 250
Grease capacity
– TLSD 125
– TLSD 250
125 ml (4.2 US fl. oz)
250 ml (8.5 US fl. oz)
Emptying time
User adjustable: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 and
12 months
Lowest grease purge
– TLSD 125
– TLSD 250
0,3 ml (0.01 US fl. oz) per day
0,7 ml (0.02 US fl. oz) per day
Highest grease purge
– TLSD 125
– TLSD 250
4,1 ml (0.13 US fl. oz) per day
8,3 ml (0.28 US fl. oz) per day
Ambient temperature range
– TLSD 1-BAT
– TLSD 1-BATC
0 to 50 °C (30 to 120 °F)
–10 to +50 °C (15 to 120 °F)
Maximum operating
pressure
5 bar (75 psi)
Drive mechanism
Electro mechanical
Connection thread
G 1/4
LED status indicators
– Green led (each 30 sec)
– Yellow led (each 30 sec)
– Yellow led (each 5 sec)
– Red led (each 5 sec)
– Red led (each 2 sec)
OK
Pre warning, low battery power
Pre warning, high back pressure
Warning, stopped on error
Warning, empty cartridge
Protection class assembled
lubricator
IP 65
Battery pack
– TLSD 1-BAT
– TLSD 1-BATC
4,5 V 2,7 Ah/Alkaline manganese
4,5 V 2,9 Ah/Lithium-Iron Disulfide
Recommended storage
temperature
20 °C (70 °F)
Storage life of lubricator
Total weight (incl. packaging)
– TLSD 125
– TLSD 250
3 years 4)
(2 years for LGFP 2 and Oils)
635 g (22.5 oz)
800 g (28.2 oz)
Maximum feed line length with:
Up to 3 meters (10 ft) 3)
– grease
Up to 5 meters (16 ft)
– oil
1)
TLSD lubricator and SD refill sets are not for offer/sale/use in Germany, France or United States.
Special version for low temperatures.
3) The maximum feed line length is dependent on ambient temperature, grease type and back pressure created by the application.
4)Maximum storage life is 3 years from production date, which is printed on the side of the canister. The canister and battery pack
may be used at 12 month setting even if activated 3 years from production date.
2)
169
Electro-mechanical single point automatic lubricators
SKF TLMR series
The SKF Automatic Lubricant Dispenser – TLMR – is a single point automatic
lubricator designed to supply grease to a single lubrication point. With a relatively
high pressure of 30 bars, this lubricator can operate at long distances providing
optimum results with difficult-to-reach and unsafe lubrication locations. With a
wide temperature range and robust design, the TLMR lubricator is suitable for
operating conditions with various levels of temperature and vibration.
•
•
•
•
Filled with high quality SKF greases
Temperature independent dispense rate
Maximum discharge pressure of 30 bar over the whole dispensing period
Available in two versions: TLMR 101 powered by batteries
(standard Lithium AA type) and TLMR 201 powered by 12–24 V DC
• Available with non-refillable cartridges in two sizes: 120 and 380 ml
Typical applications
• Applications requiring high lubricant consumption
• Applications experiencing high vibration in operation
• Excellent water and dust protection makes TLMR suitable for general
machinery applications and food processing machinery
• Excellent high temperature performance makes TLMR suitable for engine
rooms and hot fan applications
• Excellent low temperature performance makes TLMR suitable for
wind turbine applications
SKF DialSet helps to calculate the correct dispense rate.
A special bracket makes TLMR easy to mount onto a surface
170
The cartridges are easily replaceable
Ordering details
Grease
Description
TLMR 101 refill sets (cartridge and battery)
120 ml
380 ml
TLMR 201 cartridges
120 ml
380 ml
LGWA 2
High load, extreme pressure, wide
temperature range bearing grease
LGWA 2/MR120B
LGWA 2/MR380B
LGWA 2/MR120
LGWA 2/MR380
LGEV 2
Extremely high viscosity bearing grease
with solid lubricants
–
LGEV 2/MR380B
–
LGEV 2/MR380
LGHB 2
High load, high temperature,
high viscosity bearing grease
–
LGHB 2/MR380B
–
LGHB 2/MR380
LGHP 2
High performance,
high temperature bearing grease
–
LGHP 2/MR380B
–
LGHP 2/MR380
LGFP 2
Food compatible bearing grease
NSF H1 certified
LGFP 2/MR120B
LGFP 2/MR380B
LGFP 2/MR120
LGFP 2/MR380
LGWM 1
Extreme pressure, low temperature
–
LGWM 1/MR380B
–
LGWM 1/MR380
LGWM 2
High load, wide temperature range
bearing grease
–
LGWM 2/MR380B
–
LGWM 2/MR380
LGEP 2
Extreme pressure bearing grease
–
LGEP 2/MR380B
–
LGEP 2/MR380
LGMT 3
All purpose industrial and
automotive grease
–
LGMT 3/MR380B
–
LGMT 3/MR380
Complete set
Designation
TLMR pump
Designation
TLMR 101
380 ml
TLMR 101/38WA2
Lubricator powered by batteries
TLMR 101
TLMR 201
380 ml
TLMR 201/38WA2
Lubricator powered by 12-24 V DC
TLMR 201
Technical data
Designation
TLMR 101 and TLMR 201
Grease capacity
120 ml (4.1 US fl. oz)
380 ml (12.8 US fl. oz)
Emptying time
User adjustable: 1,2,3,6,9,12, 18,
24 months or purge
Lowest setting
– 120 ml cartridge
– 380 ml cartridge
0,16 ml (0.005 US fl. oz) per day
0,5 ml (0.016 US fl. oz) per day
Highest setting
– 120 ml cartridge
– 380 ml cartridge
3,9 ml (0.13 US fl. oz) per day
12,5 ml (0.42 US fl. oz) per day
Purge
31 ml (1 US fl. oz) per hour
Ambient temperature range
–25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F)
Maximum operating pressure
30 bar (435 psi)
* The
Drive mechanism
Electro mechanical
Connection thread
G 1/4 female
Maximum feed line length*
Up to 5 meters (16 ft)
LED status indicators
– Green LED (every 8 sec)
– Green and red LED (every 8 sec)
– Red LED (every 8 sec)
OK
Almost empty
Error
Protection class
– DIN EN 60529
– DIN 40 050 Teil 9
IP 67
IP 6k9k
Power
– TLMR 101
– TLMR 201
4 AA Lithium batteries
12–24 Volt DC
maximum feed line length is dependent on ambient temperature, grease type and back pressure created by the application.
171
Accessories
A full range for enhanced versatility of SKF automatic lubricators
Accessories for single point automatic lubricators
Connectors
LAPA 45
Angle connection 45°
•••
LAPA 90
G 1 /8
LAPN 1/8
•••
G 1/4
Angle connection 90°
•••
Nipple G 1/4 – G 1/8
G 1 /4
LAPN 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – G 1/4
•••
G 1/4
G 1 /2
LAPE 35
Extension 35 mm
•••
LAPN 1/2
LAPE 50
8 mm
G 1/4
••
•
•••
LAPN 6
Tube connection male
G 1/8 for 6 ™ 4 tube
G 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – M6
•••
•
LAPN 8
Tube connection male
G 1/4 for 6 ™ 4 tube
G 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – M8
•••
M8™1
••
LAPN 8x1
Tube connection male
G 1/8
G 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – M8 ™ 1
•••
M10
••
LAPN 10
Tube connection male
G 1/4
G 1/4
8 mm
Nipple G 1/4 – M10
•••
M10™1
LAPF M 3/8
••
LAPG 1/4
LAPN 10x1
Tube connection male
G 3/8
G 1/4
DIN 71412
R 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – G 3/8
M8
LAPF M 1/4 S
LAPF M 1/4
LAPN 3/8
G 1/4
8 mm
G 3 /8
•••
M6
LAPF M 1/8
G 1/4
Tube connection female
G 1/4
8 mm
G 1/8
Nipple G 1/4 – 1/4 UNF
G 3 /8
LAPF F 1/4
LAPF M 1/8 S
6 mm
LAPN 1/4 UNF
G 1/4
6 mm
G 1/8
UNF
Extension 50 mm
•••
G 1/4
•••
G 1/4
1/4"–28
Nipple G 1/4 – G 1/2
Grease nipple G 1/4
•••
M12
G 1/4
Nipple G 1/4 – M10 ™ 1
•••
LAPN 12
Nipple G 1/4 – M12
•••
M12™1,5
LAPM 2
•••
172
LAPN 12x1.5
Y-connection
G 1/4
•••
Nipple G 1/4 – M12 ™ 1,5
Non return valves (for oil applications)
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
Mounting and protecting devices & extras
7 mm
LAPV 1/4
LAPC 13
•••
LAPV 1/8
45 mm
Non-return valve G 1/4
13,6 mm
Non-return valve G 1/8
50 mm
•
LAPC 50
Clamp
•
•••
G 1/8
Bracket
63 mm
LAPC 63
•
Brushes (for oil applications)
LAPP 4
G 1/4
LAPB 3x4E1
40 mm
30 mm
LAPP 6
G 1/4
60 mm
30 mm
•••
LAPB 3x10E1
3x10
E1
100 mm
30 mm
8 mm
Brush 30 ™ 100 mm
6 mm
•••
8 mm
G 1/4
LAPB 5-16E1
••
Protection cap
•
Brush 30 ™ 60 mm
G 1/4
LAPB
Protection base
•
Brush 30 ™ 40 mm
•••
LAPB 3x7E1
Clamp
Elevator brush,
5–16 mm gap
6 mm
6 mm
4 mm
6 mm
4 mm
LAPT 1000
••
LAPT 5000
••
LAPT 1000S
•
LAPT 5000S
•
TLSD 1-BAT
Flexible tube,
1 000 mm long, 8 ™ 6 mm
Flexible tube,
5 000 mm long, 8 ™ 6 mm
Flexible tube,
1 000 mm long, 6 ™ 4 mm
Flexible tube,
5 000 mm long, 6 ™ 4 mm
Battery pack
•
TLSD 1-BATC
Lithium battery pack
•
•
•
•
SKF LAGD Series
SKF TLSD Series
SKF TLMR Series
173
SKF MultiPoint Automatic Lubricator
Ready-to-use centralised lubrication systems
SKF LAGD 400 and LAGD 1000
SKF MultiPoint Lubricators are designed to simultaneously feed several points.
They are often the most user-friendly and cost-effective option when longer
distances, high flow, or enhanced monitoring features are required.
These ready-to-use centralised lubrication systems can be installed without any
additional assistance and require no special training to be configured.
• Easy to install and use
• Transparent reservoir allows visual
inspection
• Refillable through grease fitting
• Alarm function for blocked feed lines (except
on LAGD 1000/B - battery version), and
empty reservoir
• Machine steering (i.e. lubricator only
operates while machine is running)
• Electronic setting and read–out of control
parameters
Typical applications
• Series of lubrication points with similar
requirements
• Components requiring large amounts of
grease
• Critical applications requiring continuous
monitoring or machine steering
SKF DialSet helps to calculate the correct dispense rate.
Technical data
Designation
LAGD 400
LAGD 1000/DC
LAGD 1000/AC
Number of outlets
1 to 8
10 to 20
10 to 20
Max. length of pipes
5 m (16 ft.)
6 m (19.7 ft.)
6 m (19.7 ft.)
Flow rate
Up to 10 cm³/day
(0.3 US fl. oz/day)
Up to 16 cm³/day
(0.5 US fl. oz/day)
Up to 33 cm³/day
(1.1 US fl. oz/day)
Reservoir capacity
0.4 litre (13.5 US fl. oz)
1 litre (33.8 US fl. oz)
1 litre (33.8 US fl. oz)
(1/4
Tubing
™ 0.06 in.)
6 ™ 1,5 mm
20 m (65 ft.) and fittings included
6 ™ 1,25 mm (0.05 in.)
50 m (164 ft.) and fittings included
6 ™ 1,25 mm (0.05 in.)
50 m (164 ft.) and fittings included
Greases
NLGI 1, 2 and 3
Up to NLGI grade 2
Flow pressure <700 mbar
Up to NLGI grade 2
Flow pressure <700 mbar
Permissible operating temperature
0 to 50 °C
(30 to 120 °F)
–25 to +75 °C
(–15 to +165 °F)
–25 to +60 °C
(–15 to +140 °F)
Max. operating pressure
40 bar (600 psi)
150 bar (2 175 psi)
150 bar (2 175 psi)
IP Rating
IP54
IP65
IP65
Rated voltage
110–240 V AC,
50–60 Hz or 24 V DC
24 V DC
110–240 V 50/60 Hz
Connection thread
G 1/4
G 1/8
G 1/8
Alarms
Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge
Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge
Blocked feed lines, empty cartridge
174
Oil inspection & dispensing
Automatic adjustment for optimal lubricating oil level
SKF Oil Levellers LAHD series
SKF LAHD 500 and LAHD 1000 oil levellers are designed to automatically
compensate oil evaporation and leakages under running conditions. This
helps in maintaining the correct oil level within a bearing housing, gear box,
crankcase, or similar oil bath application. The SKF LAHD series optimises
machine performance and increases their service life. Furthermore, they
enhance the possibility of an accurate visual inspection of the oil level.
•
•
•
•
Optimally maintained oil level
Extended inspection interval
Easy visual inspection
Compensation for evaporation losses
Typical applications
• Oil lubricated bearing housings
• Gear boxes
• Crankcases
Technical data
Designation
LAHD 500 / LAHD 1000
Reservoir volume
– LAHD 500
– LAHD 1000
500 ml (17 US fl. oz)
1 000 ml (34 US fl. oz)
Boundary dimensions
– LAHD 500
– LAHD 1000
Ø91 mm ™ 290 mm high (3.6 ™ 11.4 in.)
Ø122 mm ™ 290 mm high (4.8 ™ 11.4 in.)
Allowed temperature range
–20 to +70 °C (–5 to +158 °F)
Length of connecting tube
600 mm (23.5 in.)
Connection thread
G 1/2
Suitable oil types
Mineral and synthetic oils
175
A proper solution for oil handling
Oil handling containers LAOS series
LAOS series is comprised of an extensive assortment of drums and dispensing
lids ideal for the storage and administration of fluids and oil lubricants. The lids
are available in ten different colours to fit colour coded identification systems.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enables easier, safer and cleaner lubrication
Allows for accurate oil consumption control
Improves health and safety due to oil spillage minimisation
Heat and chemically resistant
Drum and lid threads provide tight, quick and easy assembly
Quick closing spouts
Vacuum valve for enhanced spilling control
Mini spout
Stretch spout
Stumpy spout
Ideal where the reservoirs to be filled have
small filling holes. Outlet diameter is approx.
7 mm (0.28 in.)
Ideal for precise pouring tasks and difficult to
access points. The 12 mm (0.48 in.) outlet is
ideal for viscosities up to ISO VG 220.
Due to the wide opening of 25 mm (1 in.),
ideal for high viscosities and/or when a high
flow is required.
Utility lid
Storage lid
Contents label
Two main uses: Quick pouring if necessary and
assembly of pump onto a 3, 5 or 10 L drum
(0.8, 1.3 or 2.6 US Gal).
Useful for storage or transportation of oils.
For proper marking of drum contents
LAOS series lids
Colour
Mini
spout
Stretch
spout
Stumpy
spout
Utility
lid
Storage
lid
Contents
label
n Tan
n Grey
n Orange
n black
n dark green
n green
n blue
n red
n purple
n yellow
LAOS 09057
LAOS 09682
LAOS 09705
LAOS 09668
LAOS 09644
LAOS 06919
LAOS 09064
LAOS 09699
LAOS 09712
LAOS 09675
LAOS 09651
LAOS 06964
LAOS 09088
LAOS 09798
LAOS 09729
LAOS 09866
LAOS 09934
LAOS 06940
LAOS 09095
LAOS 09804
LAOS 09736
LAOS 09873
LAOS 09941
LAOS 06995
LAOS 09101
LAOS 09811
LAOS 09743
LAOS 09880
LAOS 09958
LAOS 06971
LAOS 09118
LAOS 09828
LAOS 09750
LAOS 09897
LAOS 09965
LAOS 06957
LAOS 09125
LAOS 09835
LAOS 09767
LAOS 09903
LAOS 09972
LAOS 06988
LAOS 09132
LAOS 09842
LAOS 09774
LAOS 09910
LAOS 09989
LAOS 06926
LAOS 09071
LAOS 09392
LAOS 09388
LAOS 09408
LAOS 09415
LAOS 06933
LAOS 09194
LAOS 62437
LAOS 64936
LAOS 62451
LAOS 62475
LAOS 06902
176
Drums
Pumps
Hose extensions
Designed with wide necks and a standard thread
size. Fits any LAOS lid. Available in 5 different
sizes.
Standard pump suitable for viscosities up to ISO
VG 460. High flow (approx. 14 strokes per litre/
US quart). High viscosity pump for viscosities up
to ISO VG 680. High efficiency with approx. 12
strokes per litre/US quart. As a protection against
airborne contaminants during the pumping
process, a 10 micron breather is available. For
both pumps an anti-drip long discharge hose of
1.5m (4.9 ft) and reducer nozzles are available.
Designed to extend the reach of the lids.
Two different versions available for stumpy and
stretch lids. The stretch version‘s length can be
adjusted by removing the fitting and cutting it
down to the desired size.
Pumps
Hose extensions
LAOS series drums, pumps and spouts
Drums
LAOS 09224
1,5 litre drum (0.4 US gal)
LAOS 62568
High viscosity pump
LAOS 67265
Stumpy spout hose extension
LAOS 62499
Stretch spout hose extension
(to fit LAOS utility lids)
LAOS 63571
2 litre drum (0.5 US gal)
LAOS 09423
Breather for high viscosity pump
LAOS 63595
3 litre drum (0.8 US gal)
LAOS 62567
Standard Pump
(to fit LAOS utility lids)
LAOS 63618
5 litre drum (1.3 US gal)
LAOS 09422
Pump reducer nozzle
LAOS 66251
10 litre drum (2.6 US gal)
177
Lubrication analysis tools
Portable grease analysis kit for field use
SKF Grease Test Kit TKGT 1
Lubricant analysis is a vital part of a predictive maintenance strategy. Until recently,
however, oils were almost always analysed despite the fact that around 80% of bearings
are lubricated with grease. Tribology expertise and years of research have allowed SKF to
develop a complete methodology to assess grease condition.
• Extremely useful in field decision-making
processes
• Allows adjustment of grease relubrication intervals
according to real conditions
• Grease can be evaluated to detect possible
unacceptable deviations from batch to batch
• Allows verification of the suitability of certain
greases in specific applications
• Helps in the prevention of damage due to
underperforming lubricant greases
Consistency test
(Patent applied for)
Oil bleeding characteristics
Contamination evaluation
178
•
•
•
•
Provides more information on root cause analysis
Requires no special training to perform the tests
Requires no harmful chemicals
Small sample sizes required. Only 0,5 g of grease
is needed to perform all the tests
Technical data
Designation
TKGT 1
Parts
Components
Quantity
Specifications
Sampling tools
Sampling syringe
Sampling tube
Permanent marker
Sampling containers
Gloves
Disposable spatulas
250 mm stainless steel spatula
150 mm stainless steel spatula
Scissors
1
1
1
10
10 pairs
1
1
1
1
Polypropylene
PTFE, length approx. 1 m
Black
35 ml polyethylene
Grease resistant nitrile (synthetic rubber), powder free, size XL, colour blue
Set of 25
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Consistency test
Housing
Weight
Mask
Glass plates
1
1
1
4
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Plexiglas
Oil bleeding test
USB heater
USB/220/110 V adaptor
Paper pack
Ruler
1
1
1
1
2,5 W–5 V
Universal (EU, US, UK, Australia) to USB
Contains 50 sheets
Aluminium graduated 0,5 mm
Contamination
test
Pocket microscope
Batteries
1
2
60–100x with light
AAA
Carrying case
CD
Carrying case
1
1
Contains instructions for use, report template, and consistency test scale
Dimensions: 463 ™ 373 ™ 108 mm (18.2 ™ 14.7 ™ 4.25 in.)
Quick detection of oil condition changes
SKF Oil Check Monitor TMEH 1
The SKF TMEH 1 measures the changes in dielectric constant of an oil sample.
By comparing measurements obtained from used and fresh samples of the
same oil, the degree of change in the condition of the oil is established.
Dielectric change is directly related to the oil’s degradation and contamination level. The monitor
allows tracking of mechanical wear and of any loss of the oil’s lubricating properties.
•
•
•
•
Note
The SKF Oil Check Monitor is not an
analytical instrument. It is an instrument
to only detect changes in the oil condition.
The visual and numerical read-outs are
merely a guide to enable trending of the
comparative readings of a good oil to a
used oil of the same type and brand. Do
not rely solely on numerical readings.
Hand-held and user friendly
Numerical readout to facilitate trending
Can store calibration (good oil) in its memory
Shows changes in oil condition affected by such things as:
– Water content
– Fuel contamination
– Metallic content
– Oxidation
Technical data
Designation
TMEH 1
Suitable oil types
mineral and synthetic oils
Repeatability
±5%
Readout
green/red grading + numerical value (–999 to +999)
Battery
9 V Alkaline type IEC 6LR61
Battery lifetime
>150 hours or 3 000 tests
Product dimensions
250 ™ 32 ™ 95 mm (9.8 ™ 1.3 ™ 3.7 in.)
Carrying case dimensions
530 ™ 85 ™ 180 mm (20.9 ™ 3.4 ™ 7.0 in.)
179
Lubrication software
For access or download: www.skf.com/lubrication or www.mapro.skf.com
Advanced tool for grease selection and relubrication calculation
LubeSelect for SKF greases
Selecting a suitable grease for a particular bearing is a crucial step if the
bearing is to meet design expectations in its application. SKF knowledge
about bearing lubrication has been encapsulated into a computer program
that can be consulted at www.skf.com/lubrication
LubeSelect for SKF greases
LubeSelect for SKF greases provides you a user friendly tool to select
the right grease and suggest frequency and quantity, while taking into
account the particular conditions of your application. General guidelines
for typical greases for different applications are also available.
A user friendly tool to administer your lubrication plan
SKF Lubrication Planner
The SKF Lubrication Planner has been developed to help in the administration
of a lubrication plan, thereby bridging the gap between the need for a software
platform vs. administration by a simple spreadsheet.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Establish a mapping of lubrication points
Create a colour coded identification system
Get expert advice on grease selection
Calculate relubrication quantities and intervals
Discover the benefits of dynamic route planning
Get expert advice on best lubrication procedures
Keep the history of performed lubrication tasks per point
SKF Lubrication Planner is available in several languages.
Register and download it for free at www.skf.com/lubrication
SKF Lubrication Planner
180
Quick tool for relubrication calculation
SKF DialSet
SKF DialSet has been designed to help you to set up your SKF automatic
lubricators. After selecting the criteria and grease appropriate for your
application, the program provides you with the correct settings for your SKF
automatic lubricators. It also provides a quick and simple tool for relubrication
intervals and quantity calculations.
Stand-alone program
• Allows quick calculation of the relubrication intervals based on the
operating conditions of your application
• Calculations are based on SKF lubrication theories
• Calculated lubrication intervals depend on the properties of the
selected grease, thereby minimising the risk of under- or
overlubrication and optimising grease consumption
• Calculations take into account SKF automatic lubrication systems,
grease dispense rates, thus facilitating the selection of the correct
lubricator setting
• Recommended grease quantity depends on the grease replenishment
position; side or W33 for optimum grease consumption
• Includes a complete list of the SKF SYSTEM 24 accessories
DialSet stand-alone
Online program
DialSet for smartphones
The stand-alone version of DialSet is available in 11 languages: English,
French, German, Italian, Spanish, Swedish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese,
Japanese and Thai. The program is suitable for PC’s working with
MS Windows XP and later. Download it from skf.com/lubrication
DialSet online
DialSet is also available online in English language. The program is
accessible free-of-charge from mapro.skf.com/dialset
DialSet for smartphones
For smartphones, apps are available in English for iPhone and Android.
181
Designation index
Designation
Description
Page
Designation
Description
Page
1008593 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
729865 B
Feeler gauge
65
1009030 B
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
729944 E
Plug for oil ducts and vent holes
66
1009030 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMAS 100-SL
Machine condition advisor
112
1012783 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMAK 200-SL
Electric motor assessment kit
114
1014357 A
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMAK 300-SL
Bearing assessment kit
114
1016402 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMAK 400-ML
Basic condition monitoring kit
115
1018219 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMIN 400-K
Inspector 400 ultrasonic probe
113
1019950
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
CMSS 200
SKF Machine Condition Indicator CMSS 200
110
1020612 A
High pressure pipe
64
EAZ series
Fixed induction heaters
45
1030816 E
Plug for oil ducts and vent holes
66
EAZ 80/130 series
Adjustable induction heaters
46
1077453/100MPA
Extension pipe
68
EAZ 130/170 series
Adjustable induction heaters
46
1077454/100MPA
Connection nipple
68
HMVA 42/200
Hydraulic nut drive-up adapter
51
1077455/100MPA
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
HMV ..E series
Hydraulic nuts
52
1077456/100MPA
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
HMV ..E/A101
Hydraulic nuts without threads
56
1077587
Pressure gauge
63
HMVC ..E series
Hydraulic nuts, inch thread series
55
1077587/2
Pressure gauge
63
HN 4-16/SET
Hook spanner set
12
1077589
Pressure gauge
63
HN ../SNL series
Hook spanners for SNL housings
14
1077589/3
Pressure gauge
63
HN series
Hook spanners
12
1077600
Grease gun
159
HNA series
Adjustable hook spanners
13
159
LAGD 125
SKF SYSTEM 24 automatic lubricator
166
151
LAGD 1000
SKF MultiPoint automatic lubricator
174
60
LAGD 400
SKF MultiPoint automatic lubricator
174
60
LAGD 60
SKF SYSTEM 24 automatic lubricator
166
69
LAGF 18
Grease filler pump
157
Grease filler pump
157
1077600/SET
1077601
226400 E
226400 E/400
226402
Grease gun set
Flexible hose
Oil injector
Oil injector
Adapter block
227957 A
High pressure pipe
64
LAGF 50
227958 A
High pressure pipe
64
LAGG 180AE
Grease pump
163
227963/100MPA
Valve nipple
68
LAGG 18AE
Mobile grease pump
163
227964/100MPA
Extension pipe
68
LAGG 18M
Grease pump
163
227965/100MPA
Extension pipe
68
LAGG 50AE
Grease pump
163
228027 E
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
LAGG 400B
Battery-driven grease gun
159
233950 E
Plug for oil ducts and vent holes
66
LAGH 400
Grease gun
159
234063
Connection nipple
68
LAGM 1000E
Grease meter
160
234064
Extension pipe
68
LAGN 120
Grease nipples
161
721740 A
High pressure pipe
64
LAGP 400
Grease packer
159
64
LAGS 8
Grease nozzles
161
59
LAGT 180
Trolley for drums
163
66
LAHD 500
Oil leveller
175
61
LAHD 1000
Oil leveller
175
61
LAOS series
Oil handling containers
176
LAP.. series
Accessories for SKF SYSTEM 24
automatic lubricator
172
LDTS 1
Dry film lubricant
148
LESA 2
Grease for SKF Energy Efficient spherical
roller bearings
149
728017 A
728619 E
729100
729101/300MPA
729101/400MPA
High pressure pipe
Hydraulic pump
Quick connection nipple
Oil injection kit
Oil injection kit
729106/100MPA
Connection nipple (NPT and G)
67
729124
Hydraulic pump
58
729124DU
Hydraulic pump with digital gauge
50
729126
High pressure hose
65
729146
Nipple with pipe thread (G)
67
LFFG 220
Food grade gear oil
146
729654/150MPA
Connection nipple (NPT and G)
67
LFFG 320
Food grade gear oil
146
729655/150MPA
Connection nipple (NPT and G)
67
LFFH 46
Food grade hydraulic oil
145
729656/150MPA
Connection nipple (NPT and G)
67
LFFH 68
Food grade hydraulic oil
145
729659 C
Electric hot plate
43
LFFM 80
SKF Food Grade Chain Oil
147
147
729831 A
Quick connection coupling
66
LFFT 220
SKF Food Grade Chain Oil
729832 A
Quick connection nipple
66
LGAF 3E
Anti-fretting agent
36
729834
High pressure hose
65
LGBB 2
Wind turbine blade and yaw grease
131
729865 A
Feeler gauge
65
LGEM 2
High viscosity grease
135
182
Designation
Description
Page
Designation
Description
Page
LGEP 2
Extreme pressure grease
128
TKRS 10
Stroboscope
102
LGET 2
Extreme high temperature grease
139
TKRS 20
Stroboscope
102
136
TKRT 10
SKF Tachometer
100
140
TKRT 20
SKF Tachometer
100
143
TKSA 11
Shaft alignment tool
76
142
TKSA 31
Shaft alignment tool
77
141
TKSA 41
Shaft alignment tool
77
144
TKSA 60
Shaft alignment tool
78
130
TKSA 80
Shaft alignment tool
78
Thermal camera
96
LGEV 2
LGFP 2
LGFC 1
LGFD 2
LGFS 00
LGFT 2
LGGB 2
Extremely high viscosity grease
Food compatible grease
Low temperature food grade grease
High load food grade grease
General purpose food grade grease
High temperature food grade grease
Biodegradable grease
LGHB 2
High viscosity, high temperature grease
137
TKTI 21
LGHP 2
High performance grease
138
TKTI 31
Thermal camera
96
LGLT 2
Low temperature, high speed grease
132
TKTL 10
Infrared thermometer
92
LGMT 2
General purpose grease
126
TKTL 20
Infrared and contact thermometer
92
LGMT 3
General purpose grease
127
TKTL 30
Infrared and contact thermometer
92
LGWA 2
High load, extreme pressure grease
129
TKTL 40
Infrared and contact thermometer
93
TLAC 50
Grease fitting caps and tags
162
TLGH 1
Grease gun
159
TLRC
Hose reel
158
TLRS
Hose reel
158
TLSD 125
Electro-mechanical single point automatic
lubricators
168
TLSD 250
Electro-mechanical single point automatic
lubricators
168
TLMR 101
Electro-mechanical single point automatic
lubricators
170
TLMR 201
Electro-mechanical single point automatic
lubricators
170
LGWM 1
Extreme pressure, low temperature grease
133
LGWM 2
High load, wide temperature grease
134
LHDF 900
Dismounting fluid
69
LHFP 150
Food compatible chain oil
147
LHHT 265
High temperature chain oil
151
LHMF 300
Mounting fluid
69
LHMT 68
Medium temperature chain oil
151
LHRP 2
Anti-corrosive agent
37
LMCG 1
Grid and gear coupling grease
150
LubeSelect
Grease selection and relubrication calculation
180
Oil storage station
Oil storage station
156
TMAH
SKF horizontal adjustment tool
84
SKF DialSet
Relubrication calculation program
181
TMAS series
Machinery shims
82
TMBA G11
Heat resistant gloves
47
TMBA G11D
Disposable grease resistant gloves
162
TMBA G11ET
Extreme heat resistant gloves
47
TMBA G11H
Heat and oil resistant gloves
47
TMBA G11W
Special working gloves
37
TMBH 1
Portable induction heater
40
TMBP 20E
Blind housing puller kit
28
SKF Lubrication
Planner
Lubrication planning program
180
THAP 030E
Air-driven pump
62
THAP 030E/SET
Air-driven pump set
62
THAP 150E
Air-driven pump
62
THAP 150E/SET
Air-driven pump set
62
THAP 300E
Air-driven injector
62
THAP 300E/SET
Air-driven injector set
62
TMBR series
Aluminium heating ring series
44
THAP 400E
Air-driven injector
62
TMBS 50E
Strong back puller
26
THAP 400E/SET
Air-driven injector set
62
TMBS 100E
Strong back puller
26
THGD 100
Digital oil pressure gauge
63
TMBS 150E
Strong back puller
26
THKI 300
Oil injector set
61
TMCD 10R
Horizontal dial indicator, mm
50
THKI 400
Oil injector set
61
TMCD 5P
Vertical dial indicator
50
TIH 030m
Induction heater
40
TMDC 1/2R
Horizontal dial indicator, in
50
TIH 100m
Induction heater
40
TMDT 2-30
Standard surface probe
95
TIH 220m
Induction heater
41
TMDT 2-31
Magnetic surface probe
95
TIH L series
Induction heater
41
TMDT 2-32
Insulated surface probe
95
TIH MC series
Multi-core induction heater
43
TMDT 2-33
Right angle surface probe
95
TKBA 10
SKF Belt Alignment Tool
86
TMDT 2-34
Gas and liquid probe
95
TKBA 20
SKF Belt Alignment Tool
86
TMDT 2-34/1.5
Gas and liquid probe
95
TKBA 40
SKF Belt Alignment Tool
86
TMDT 2-35
Probe with sharp tip
95
TKDT 10
SKF Thermometer
91
TMDT 2-36
Pipe clamp probe
95
TKED 1
Electrical discharge detector pen
109
TMDT 2-37
Extension cable
95
TKES 10 series
Video endoscope
104
TMDT 2-38
Wire probe
95
TKGT 1
Grease test kit
178
TMDT 2-39
High temperature wire probe
95
183
Designation index
Designation
Description
Page
Designation
Description
Page
TMDT 2-40
Rotating probe
95
TMMD 100
Deep groove ball bearing puller kit
29
TMDT 2-41
Non-ferrous foundry probe
95
TMMK 10-35
Combi kit
18
TMDT 2-42
Ambient temperature probe
95
TMMP 6
Heavy-duty jaw puller
22
TMDT 2-43
Heavy duty surface probe
95
TMMP 10
Heavy-duty jaw puller
22
TMEH 1
Oil check monitor
179
TMMP 15
Heavy-duty jaw puller
22
TMEM 1500
SensorMount indicator
70
TMMP 2x65
Standard jaw puller
22
TMFN series
Impact spanners
16
TMMP 2x170
Standard jaw puller
22
TMFS series
Axial lock nut sockets
15
TMMP 3x185
Standard jaw puller
22
TMFT 36
Bearing fitting tool kit
10
TMMP 3x230
Standard jaw puller
22
TMHC 110E
Hydraulic puller kit
26
TMMP 3x300
Standard jaw puller
22
TMHK 35
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 8
Reversible jaw puller set
25
TMHK 36
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 40F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 37
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 60F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 38
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 80F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 38S
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 120F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 39
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 160F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 40
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 200F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHK 41
Mounting & dismounting kit for OK Couplings
71
TMMR 250F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHN 7
Lock nut spanner kit
17
TMMR 350F
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHP 10E
Hydraulic jaw puller kit
24
TMMR 120XL
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHP 15 series
Hydraulically assisted heavy duty jaw puller
23
TMMR 160XL
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHP 30 series
Hydraulically assisted heavy duty jaw puller
23
TMMR 200XL
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHP 50 series
Hydraulically assisted heavy duty jaw puller
23
TMMR 250XL
Reversible jaw puller
25
TMHS 75
Advanced hydraulic spindle
34
TMMS 50
Tri-section pulling plate
35
TMHS 100
Advanced hydraulic spindle
34
TMMS 100
Tri-section pulling plate
35
TMIP 7-28
Internal bearing puller kit
31
TMMS 160
Tri-section pulling plate
35
TMIP 30-60
Internal bearing puller kit
31
TMMS 260
Tri-section pulling plate
35
TMJL 100
Hydraulic pump
59
TMMS 380
Tri-section pulling plate
35
TMJL 100DU
Hydraulic pump with digital gauge
50
TMMX 210
Puller protection blanket
36
TMJL 50
Hydraulic pump
58
TMMX 280
Puller protection blanket
36
TMJL 50DU
Hydraulic pump with digital gauge
50
TMMX 350
Puller protection blanket
36
TMMA 60
SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller
20
TMSP 1
Sound pressure meter
107
TMMA 80
SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller
20
TMST 3
Electronic stethoscope
106
TMMA 120
SKF EasyPull - Mechanical jaw puller
20
TMSU 1
Ultrasonic leak detector
108
TMMA 75H
SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller
20
TMTP 200
General purpose thermometer pen
91
TMMA 75H/SET
SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller set
21
VKN 550
Bearing packer
157
TMMA 100H
SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller
20
TMMA 100H/SET
SKF EasyPull - Hydraulic jaw puller set
21
PUB MP/P1 03000 EN
Concept, text, graphic design and production:
SKF Maintenance Products, Nieuwegein, The Netherlands
Photography:
SKF Maintenance Products
Yves Paternoster (and others)
Printing:
Verweij Printing, Mijdrecht,
The Netherlands
184
SKF on internet:
www.mapro.skf.com
www.skf.com/mount
www.skf.com/lubrication
www.skf.com
® SKF, CARB, DUOFLEX, LUBRILEAN, MONOFLEX, MULTIFLEX, SENSORMOUNT, SYSTEM 24 are registered trademarks of the SKF Group.
KEVLAR is a registered trademark of DuPont. Microsoft and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. registered in the US and other countries.
© SKF Group 2015
The contents of this publication are the copyright of the publisher and may not be reproduced (even extracts) unless prior written permission
is granted. Every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this publication but no liability can be accepted
for any loss or damage whether direct, indirect or consequential arising out of the use of the information contained herein.
PUB MP/P1 03000 EN · January 2015
This publication supersedes publication PUB MP/P1 03000 EN · July 2014.
Printed in The Netherlands on environmentally friendly paper.
Certain image(s) used under license from Shutterstock.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement